fea5ff9ea7650062d29150da7f5c2414378b5eda
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40 use MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices;
41
42 /**
43 * @cond file_level_code
44 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
45 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
46 */
47 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
48 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
49 die( 1 );
50 }
51
52 /** @endcond */
53
54 /**
55 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
56 * Not used for much in a default install.
57 * @since 1.5
58 */
59 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
60
61 /**
62 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
63 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
64 * callable.
65 * @since 1.23
66 */
67 $wgConfigRegistry = [
68 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
69 ];
70
71 /**
72 * MediaWiki version number
73 * @since 1.2
74 */
75 $wgVersion = '1.34.0-alpha';
76
77 /**
78 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
79 */
80 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
81
82 /**
83 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
84 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
85 * @var bool
86 * @since 1.26
87 */
88 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
89
90 /**
91 * URL of the server.
92 *
93 * @par Example:
94 * @code
95 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
96 * @endcode
97 *
98 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
99 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
100 * case, set this variable to fix it.
101 *
102 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
103 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
104 * to a fully qualified URL.
105 */
106 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
107
108 /**
109 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
110 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
111 *
112 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
113 * @since 1.18
114 */
115 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
116
117 /**
118 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
119 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
120 * @since 1.24
121 */
122 $wgServerName = false;
123
124 /************************************************************************//**
125 * @name Script path settings
126 * @{
127 */
128
129 /**
130 * The path we should point to.
131 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
132 *
133 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
134 *
135 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
136 * set in LocalSettings.php
137 */
138 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
139
140 /**
141 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
142 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
143 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
144 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
145 * problems on Apache as well.
146 *
147 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
148 *
149 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
150 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
151 *
152 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
153 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
154 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
155 * @since 1.2.1
156 */
157 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
159 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
160
161 /** @} */
162
163 /************************************************************************//**
164 * @name URLs and file paths
165 *
166 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
167 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
168 *
169 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
170 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
171 *
172 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
173 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
174 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
175 *
176 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
177 *
178 * @{
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * The URL path to index.php.
183 *
184 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
185 */
186 $wgScript = false;
187
188 /**
189 * The URL path to load.php.
190 *
191 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
192 * @since 1.17
193 */
194 $wgLoadScript = false;
195
196 /**
197 * The URL path to the REST API
198 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/rest.php"
199 * @since 1.34
200 */
201 $wgRestPath = false;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.3
207 */
208 $wgStylePath = false;
209 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
210
211 /**
212 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
213 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
214 * @since 1.17
215 */
216 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
217
218 /**
219 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
220 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
221 * @since 1.16
222 */
223 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
224
225 /**
226 * Filesystem extensions directory.
227 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
228 * @since 1.25
229 */
230 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
231
232 /**
233 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
234 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
235 * @since 1.3
236 */
237 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
238
239 /**
240 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
241 * which is replaced by the article title.
242 *
243 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
244 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
245 */
246 $wgArticlePath = false;
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for the images directory.
250 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
251 */
252 $wgUploadPath = false;
253
254 /**
255 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
256 */
257 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
258
259 /**
260 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
261 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
262 */
263 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
264
265 /**
266 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
267 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
268 */
269 $wgLogo = false;
270
271 /**
272 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
273 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
274 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
275 *
276 * @par Example:
277 * @code
278 * $wgLogoHD = [
279 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
280 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
281 * ];
282 * @endcode
283 *
284 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
285 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
286 * be optimised for screen resolution.
287 *
288 * @par Example:
289 * @code
290 * $wgLogoHD = [
291 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
292 * ];
293 * @endcode
294 *
295 * @since 1.25
296 */
297 $wgLogoHD = false;
298
299 /**
300 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
301 * @since 1.6
302 */
303 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
304
305 /**
306 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
307 * Defaults to no icon.
308 * @since 1.12
309 */
310 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
311
312 /**
313 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
314 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
315 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
316 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
317 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
318 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
319 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
320 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
321 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
322 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
323 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
324 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
325 * understand it).
326 *
327 * @var array|string|bool
328 * @since 1.25
329 */
330 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
331
332 /**
333 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This must not be web accessible.
334 *
335 * When this setting is set to false, its value will automatically be decided
336 * through the first call to wfTempDir(). See that method's implementation for
337 * the actual detection logic.
338 *
339 * To find the temporary path for the current wiki, developers must not use
340 * this variable directly. Use the global function wfTempDir() instead.
341 *
342 * The temporary directory is expected to be shared with other applications,
343 * including other MediaWiki instances (which might not run the same version
344 * or configution). When storing files here, take care to avoid conflicts
345 * with other instances of MediaWiki. For example, when caching the result
346 * of a computation, the file name should incorporate the input of the
347 * computation so that it cannot be confused for the result of a similar
348 * computation by another MediaWiki instance.
349 *
350 * @see wfTempDir()
351 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
352 */
353 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
354
355 /**
356 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
357 * upload URL.
358 * @since 1.4
359 */
360 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
361
362 /**
363 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
364 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
365 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
366 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
367 * @since 1.17
368 */
369 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
370
371 /**
372 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
373 * plain page views, add to this array.
374 *
375 * @par Example:
376 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
377 * @code
378 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
379 * @endcode
380 *
381 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
382 * URLs.
383 * @since 1.5
384 */
385 $wgActionPaths = [];
386
387 /** @} */
388
389 /************************************************************************//**
390 * @name Files and file uploads
391 * @{
392 */
393
394 /**
395 * Allow users to upload files.
396 *
397 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
398 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
399 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
400 *
401 * @since 1.5
402 */
403 $wgEnableUploads = false;
404
405 /**
406 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
407 */
408 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
409
410 /**
411 * Allows to move images and other media files
412 */
413 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
414
415 /**
416 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
417 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
418 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
419 *
420 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
421 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
422 */
423 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
424
425 /**
426 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
427 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
428 *
429 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
430 * completeness.
431 */
432 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
433
434 /**
435 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
436 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
437 */
438 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
439
440 /**
441 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
442 */
443 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
444
445 /**
446 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
447 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
448 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
449 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
450 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
451 *
452 * Example:
453 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
454 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
455 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
456 *
457 * @see $wgFileBackends
458 */
459 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
460
461 /**
462 * File repository structures
463 *
464 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
465 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
466 * array of properties configuring the repository.
467 *
468 * Properties required for all repos:
469 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
470 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
471 *
472 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
473 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
474 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
475 *
476 * For most core repos:
477 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
478 * container : backend container name the zone is in
479 * directory : root path within container for the zone
480 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
481 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
482 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
483 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
484 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
485 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
486 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
487 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
488 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
489 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
490 * handler instead.
491 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
492 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
493 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
494 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
495 * - pathDisclosureProtection
496 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
497 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
498 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
499 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
500 * is 0644.
501 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
502 * some remote repos.
503 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
504 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
505 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
506 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
507 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
508 *
509 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
510 * for local repositories:
511 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
512 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
513 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
514 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
515 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
516 * on the local wiki.
517 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
518 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
519 *
520 * ForeignDBRepo:
521 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
522 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
523 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
524 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
525 * and accessible from, this wiki.
526 *
527 * ForeignAPIRepo:
528 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
529 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
530 *
531 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
532 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
533 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
534 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
535 * be searched after the local file repo.
536 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
537 *
538 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
539 */
540 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
541
542 /**
543 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
544 *
545 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
546 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
547 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
548 *
549 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
550 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
551 *
552 * @since 1.11
553 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
554 */
555 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
556
557 /**
558 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
559 *
560 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
561 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
562 * default settings.
563 *
564 * @since 1.16
565 */
566 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
567
568 /**
569 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
570 *
571 * Uses the following variables:
572 *
573 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
574 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
575 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
576 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
577 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
578 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
579 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
580 *
581 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
582 * class, with also the following variables:
583 *
584 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
585 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
586 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
587 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
588 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
589 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
590 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
591 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
592 *
593 * @var bool
594 * @since 1.3
595 */
596 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
597
598 /**
599 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
600 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
601 *
602 * @var string
603 * @since 1.3
604 */
605 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
606
607 /**
608 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
609 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
610 *
611 * @var string
612 * @since 1.3
613 */
614 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
615
616 /**
617 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
618 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
619 *
620 * @var bool
621 * @since 1.3
622 */
623 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
624
625 /**
626 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
627 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
628 *
629 * @since 1.5
630 */
631 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
632
633 /**
634 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
635 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
636 *
637 * @var bool
638 * @since 1.5
639 */
640 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
641
642 /**
643 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
644 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
645 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
646 *
647 * @var bool|string
648 * @since 1.4
649 */
650 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
651
652 /**
653 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
654 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
655 *
656 * @var string
657 * @since 1.5
658 */
659 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
660
661 /**
662 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
663 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
664 *
665 * @var bool
666 * @since 1.5
667 */
668 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
669
670 /**
671 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
672 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
673 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
674 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
675 *
676 * Example:
677 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
678 */
679 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
680
681 /**
682 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
683 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
684 *
685 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
686 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
687 *
688 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
689 */
690 $wgUploadDialog = [
691 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
692 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
693 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
694 'fields' => [
695 'description' => true,
696 'date' => false,
697 'categories' => false,
698 ],
699 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
700 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
701 'licensemessages' => [
702 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
703 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
704 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
705 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
706 'local' => 'generic-local',
707 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
708 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
709 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
710 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
711 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
712 ],
713 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
714 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
715 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
716 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
717 'comment' => [
718 'local' => '',
719 'foreign' => '',
720 ],
721 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
722 'format' => [
723 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
724 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
725 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
726 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
727 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
728 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
729 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
730 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
731 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
732 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
733 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
734 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
735 // * $TEXT - input by the user
736 'description' => '$TEXT',
737 'ownwork' => '',
738 'license' => '',
739 'uncategorized' => '',
740 ],
741 ];
742
743 /**
744 * File backend structure configuration.
745 *
746 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
747 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
748 * - name : A unique name for the backend
749 * - class : The file backend class to use
750 * - wikiId : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
751 * - lockManager : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers) [optional]
752 * - fileJournal : File journal configuration for FileJournal::__construct() [optional]
753 *
754 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
755 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
756 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
757 *
758 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
759 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
760 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
761 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
762 *
763 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
764 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
765 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
766 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
767 * Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
768 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
769 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
770 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
771 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
772 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
773 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
774 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
775 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
776 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
777 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
778 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
779 */
780 $wgFileBackends = [];
781
782 /**
783 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
784 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
785 * - name : A unique name for the lock manager
786 * - class : The lock manger class to use
787 *
788 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
789 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
790 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
791 *
792 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
793 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
794 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
795 */
796 $wgLockManagers = [];
797
798 /**
799 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
800 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
801 *
802 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
803 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
804 * extensions" section of php.ini:
805 * @code{.ini}
806 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
807 * @endcode
808 */
809 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
810
811 /**
812 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
813 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
814 * Defaults to false.
815 */
816 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
817
818 /**
819 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
820 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
821 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
822 */
823 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
824
825 /**
826 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
827 *
828 * @since 1.20
829 */
830 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
831
832 /**
833 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
834 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
835 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
836 */
837 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
838
839 /**
840 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
841 * @since 1.20
842 */
843 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
844
845 /**
846 * Different timeout for upload by url
847 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
848 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
849 * to default.
850 *
851 * @var int|bool
852 *
853 * @since 1.22
854 */
855 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
856
857 /**
858 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
859 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
860 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
861 * for non-specified types.
862 *
863 * @par Example:
864 * @code
865 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
866 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
867 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
868 * ];
869 * @endcode
870 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
871 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
872 */
873 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
874
875 /**
876 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
877 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
878 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
879 * @since 1.26
880 */
881 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
882
883 /**
884 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
885 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
886 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
887 *
888 * @par Example:
889 * @code
890 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
891 * @endcode
892 */
893 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
894
895 /**
896 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
897 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
898 * appended to it as appropriate.
899 */
900 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
901
902 /**
903 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
904 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
905 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
906 * access to the thumbnail path.
907 *
908 * @par Example:
909 * @code
910 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
911 * @endcode
912 */
913 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
914
915 /**
916 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
917 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
918 *
919 * @var string
920 * @since 1.3
921 */
922 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
923
924 /**
925 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
926 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
927 *
928 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
929 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
930 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
931 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
932 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
933 *
934 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
935 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
936 */
937 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
938
939 /**
940 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
941 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
942 *
943 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
944 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
945 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
946 */
947 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
948
949 /**
950 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
951 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
952 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
953 */
954 $wgFileBlacklist = [
955 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
956 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
957 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
958 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps', 'phar',
959 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
960 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
961 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
962 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
963
964 /**
965 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
966 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
967 */
968 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
969 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
970 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
971 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
972 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
973 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
974 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
975 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
976 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
977 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
978 'application/x-msmetafile',
979 ];
980
981 /**
982 * Allow Java archive uploads.
983 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
984 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
985 */
986 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
987
988 /**
989 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
990 *
991 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
992 */
993 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
994
995 /**
996 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
997 * by $wgFileExtensions.
998 *
999 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
1000 */
1001 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
1002
1003 /**
1004 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
1005 *
1006 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
1007 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
1008 */
1009 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
1010
1011 /**
1012 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
1013 */
1014 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
1015
1016 /**
1017 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1018 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1019 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1020 *
1021 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1022 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1023 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1024 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1025 */
1026 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1027 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1028 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1029 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1030 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1031 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1032 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1033 ];
1034
1035 /**
1036 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1037 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1038 *
1039 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1040 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1041 */
1042 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1043
1044 /**
1045 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1046 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1047 */
1048 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1049 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1050 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1051 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1052 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1053 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1054 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1055 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1056 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1057 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1058 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1059 ];
1060
1061 /**
1062 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1063 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1064 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1065 *
1066 * @since 1.21
1067 */
1068 $wgContentHandlers = [
1069 // the usual case
1070 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1071 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1072 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1073 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1074 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1075 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1076 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1077 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1078 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1079 ];
1080
1081 /**
1082 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1083 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1084 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1085 */
1086 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1087
1088 /**
1089 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1090 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1091 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1092 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1093 *
1094 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1095 */
1096 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1097
1098 /**
1099 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1100 */
1101 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1105 * @since 1.27
1106 */
1107 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1108
1109 /**
1110 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1111 */
1112 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1113
1114 /**
1115 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1116 */
1117 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1118
1119 /**
1120 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1121 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1122 */
1123 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1124
1125 /**
1126 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1127 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1128 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1129 *
1130 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1131 * @code
1132 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1133 * @endcode
1134 *
1135 * Leave as false to skip this.
1136 */
1137 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1138
1139 /**
1140 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1141 *
1142 * @since 1.21
1143 */
1144 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1145
1146 /**
1147 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1148 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1149 * at sharp edges.
1150 *
1151 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1152 *
1153 * Supported values:
1154 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1155 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1156 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1157 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1158 *
1159 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1160 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1161 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1162 *
1163 * @since 1.27
1164 */
1165 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1166
1167 /**
1168 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1169 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1170 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1171 *
1172 * @since 1.32
1173 */
1174 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1175
1176 /**
1177 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1178 * image formats.
1179 */
1180 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1181
1182 /**
1183 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1184 *
1185 * @since 1.26
1186 */
1187 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1188
1189 /**
1190 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1191 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1192 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1193 *
1194 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1195 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1196 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1197 */
1198 $wgSVGConverters = [
1199 'ImageMagick' =>
1200 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1201 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1202 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1203 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1204 . '$output $input',
1205 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1206 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1207 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1208 ];
1209
1210 /**
1211 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1212 */
1213 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1214
1215 /**
1216 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1217 */
1218 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1219
1220 /**
1221 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1222 */
1223 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1224
1225 /**
1226 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1227 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1228 */
1229 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Obsolete, no longer used.
1233 * SVG file uploads now always allow <title> elements.
1234 *
1235 * @deprecated 1.34
1236 */
1237 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = true;
1238
1239 /**
1240 * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
1241 * page language), if available.
1242 * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
1243 * to specify text language.
1244 *
1245 * @since 1.33
1246 */
1247 $wgMediaInTargetLanguage = true;
1248
1249 /**
1250 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1251 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1252 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1253 *
1254 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1255 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1256 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1257 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1258 *
1259 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1260 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1261 */
1262 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1263
1264 /**
1265 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1266 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1267 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1268 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1269 */
1270 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1271
1272 /**
1273 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1274 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1275 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1276 *
1277 * @par Example:
1278 * @code
1279 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1280 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1281 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1282 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1283 * @endcode
1284 */
1285 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1286
1287 /**
1288 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1289 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1290 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1291 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1292 */
1293 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1294
1295 /**
1296 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1297 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1298 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1299 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1300 */
1301 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1302
1303 /**
1304 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1305 * output instead of showing an error message.
1306 *
1307 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1308 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1309 *
1310 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1311 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1312 * are logged to a file for review.
1313 */
1314 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1318 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1319 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1320 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1321 * webserver(s).
1322 */
1323 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1324
1325 /**
1326 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1327 */
1328 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1329
1330 /**
1331 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1332 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1333 * is available that can rotate.
1334 */
1335 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1336
1337 /**
1338 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1339 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1340 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1341 */
1342 $wgAntivirus = null;
1343
1344 /**
1345 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1346 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1347 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1348 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1349 *
1350 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1351 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1352 *
1353 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1354 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1355 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1356 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1357 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1358 * path.
1359 *
1360 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1361 * function in SpecialUpload.
1362 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1363 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1364 * is not set.
1365 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1366 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1367 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1368 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1369 * no virus was found.
1370 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1371 * a virus.
1372 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1373 *
1374 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1375 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1376 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1377 */
1378 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1379
1380 # setup for clamav
1381 'clamav' => [
1382 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1383 'codemap' => [
1384 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1385 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1386 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1387 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1388 ],
1389 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1390 ],
1391 ];
1392
1393 /**
1394 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1395 */
1396 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1397
1398 /**
1399 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1400 */
1401 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1402
1403 /**
1404 * Determines whether extra checks for IE type detection should be applied.
1405 * This is a conservative check for exactly what IE 6 or so checked for,
1406 * and shouldn't trigger on for instance JPEG files containing links in EXIF
1407 * metadata.
1408 *
1409 * @since 1.34
1410 */
1411 $wgVerifyMimeTypeIE = true;
1412
1413 /**
1414 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1415 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1416 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1417 */
1418 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1419
1420 /**
1421 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1422 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1423 */
1424 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1425
1426 /**
1427 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1428 * the MIME type to standard output.
1429 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1430 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1431 *
1432 * @par Example:
1433 * @code
1434 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1435 * @endcode
1436 */
1437 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1438
1439 /**
1440 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1441 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1442 * can be trusted.
1443 */
1444 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1445
1446 /**
1447 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1448 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1449 */
1450 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1451 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1452 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1453 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1454 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1455 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1456 ];
1457
1458 /**
1459 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1460 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1461 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1462 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1463 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1464 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1465 */
1466 $wgImageLimits = [
1467 [ 320, 240 ],
1468 [ 640, 480 ],
1469 [ 800, 600 ],
1470 [ 1024, 768 ],
1471 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1472 ];
1473
1474 /**
1475 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1476 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1477 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1478 */
1479 $wgThumbLimits = [
1480 120,
1481 150,
1482 180,
1483 200,
1484 250,
1485 300
1486 ];
1487
1488 /**
1489 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1490 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1491 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1492 *
1493 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1494 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1495 * supports it.
1496 */
1497 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1498
1499 /**
1500 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1501 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1502 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1503 * following buckets:
1504 *
1505 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1506 *
1507 * and a distance of 50:
1508 *
1509 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1510 *
1511 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1512 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1513 */
1514 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1515
1516 /**
1517 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1518 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1519 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1520 *
1521 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1522 *
1523 * @since 1.25
1524 */
1525
1526 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1527
1528 /**
1529 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1530 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1531 *
1532 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1533 * thumbnail's URL.
1534 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1535 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1536 *
1537 * @since 1.25
1538 */
1539 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1540
1541 /**
1542 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1543 *
1544 * @since 1.25
1545 */
1546 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1547
1548 /**
1549 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1550 * HTTP request to.
1551 *
1552 * @since 1.25
1553 */
1554 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1555
1556 /**
1557 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1558 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1559 *
1560 * @since 1.26
1561 */
1562 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1563
1564 /**
1565 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1566 * Fields are:
1567 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1568 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1569 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1570 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1571 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1572 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1573 * @deprecated since 1.28
1574 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1575 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1576 * - mode: Gallery mode
1577 */
1578 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1579
1580 /**
1581 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1582 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1583 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1584 */
1585 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1589 */
1590 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1591
1592 /**
1593 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1594 *
1595 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1596 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1597 */
1598 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1599
1600 /**
1601 * @name DJVU settings
1602 * @{
1603 */
1604
1605 /**
1606 * Path of the djvudump executable
1607 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1608 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1609 */
1610 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1611
1612 /**
1613 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1614 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1615 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1616 */
1617 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1618
1619 /**
1620 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1621 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1622 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1623 */
1624 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1625
1626 /**
1627 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1628 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1629 *
1630 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1631 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1632 * the efficiency problem.
1633 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1634 *
1635 * @par Example:
1636 * @code
1637 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1638 * @endcode
1639 */
1640 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1641
1642 /**
1643 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1644 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1645 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1646 */
1647 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1648
1649 /**
1650 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1651 */
1652 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1653
1654 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1655
1656 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1657
1658 /************************************************************************//**
1659 * @name Email settings
1660 * @{
1661 */
1662
1663 /**
1664 * Site admin email address.
1665 *
1666 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1667 */
1668 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1669
1670 /**
1671 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1672 *
1673 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1674 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1675 *
1676 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1677 */
1678 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1682 *
1683 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1684 */
1685 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1689 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1690 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1691 */
1692 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1693
1694 /**
1695 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1696 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1697 */
1698 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1699
1700 /**
1701 * Set to true to enable the Special Mute page. This allows users
1702 * to mute unwanted communications from other users, and is linked
1703 * to from emails originating from Special:Email.
1704 *
1705 * @since 1.34
1706 * @deprecated 1.34
1707 */
1708 $wgEnableSpecialMute = false;
1709
1710 /**
1711 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1712 *
1713 * @since 1.30
1714 */
1715 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1716
1717 /**
1718 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1719 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1720 *
1721 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1722 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1723 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1724 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1725 */
1726 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1727
1728 /**
1729 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1730 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1731 */
1732 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1733
1734 /**
1735 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1736 */
1737 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1738
1739 /**
1740 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1741 */
1742 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1743
1744 /**
1745 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1746 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1747 */
1748 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1749
1750 /**
1751 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1752 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1753 */
1754 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1755
1756 /**
1757 * SMTP Mode.
1758 *
1759 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1760 * Default to false or fill an array :
1761 *
1762 * @code
1763 * $wgSMTP = [
1764 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1765 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1766 * 'port' => '25',
1767 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1768 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1769 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1770 * ];
1771 * @endcode
1772 */
1773 $wgSMTP = false;
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1777 */
1778 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1779
1780 /**
1781 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1782 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1783 */
1784 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1785
1786 /**
1787 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1788 *
1789 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1790 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1791 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1792 *
1793 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1794 *
1795 * @var bool
1796 */
1797 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1798
1799 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1800 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1801 # enable or disable at their discretion
1802 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1803 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1804
1805 /**
1806 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1807 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1808 * spam relay.
1809 */
1810 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1811
1812 /**
1813 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1814 */
1815 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1816
1817 /**
1818 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1819 * user talk page.
1820 *
1821 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1822 * preference set to true.
1823 */
1824 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1825
1826 /**
1827 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1828 *
1829 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1830 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1831 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1832 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1833 *
1834 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1835 *
1836 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1837 *
1838 * @var bool
1839 */
1840 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1841
1842 /**
1843 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1844 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1845 *
1846 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1847 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1848 *
1849 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1850 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1851 *
1852 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1853 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1854 */
1855 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1856
1857 /**
1858 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1859 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1860 *
1861 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1862 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1863 */
1864 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1865
1866 /**
1867 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1868 * match the limit on your mail server.
1869 */
1870 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1871
1872 /**
1873 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1874 */
1875 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1876
1877 /**
1878 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1879 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1880 */
1881 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1882
1883 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1884
1885 /************************************************************************//**
1886 * @name Database settings
1887 * @{
1888 */
1889
1890 /**
1891 * Database host name or IP address
1892 */
1893 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1894
1895 /**
1896 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1897 */
1898 $wgDBport = 5432;
1899
1900 /**
1901 * Name of the database; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1902 */
1903 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1904
1905 /**
1906 * Database username
1907 */
1908 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1909
1910 /**
1911 * Database user's password
1912 */
1913 $wgDBpassword = '';
1914
1915 /**
1916 * Database type
1917 */
1918 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1919
1920 /**
1921 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1922 *
1923 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1924 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1925 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1926 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1927 */
1928 $wgDBssl = false;
1929
1930 /**
1931 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1932 *
1933 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1934 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1935 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1936 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1937 */
1938 $wgDBcompress = false;
1939
1940 /**
1941 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1942 */
1943 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1944
1945 /**
1946 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1947 */
1948 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1949
1950 /**
1951 * Search type.
1952 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1953 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1954 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1955 */
1956 $wgSearchType = null;
1957
1958 /**
1959 * Alternative search types
1960 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1961 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1962 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1963 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1964 */
1965 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1966
1967 /**
1968 * Table name prefix.
1969 * Should be alphanumeric plus underscores, and not contain spaces nor hyphens.
1970 * Suggested format ends with an underscore.
1971 */
1972 $wgDBprefix = '';
1973
1974 /**
1975 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1976 */
1977 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
1978
1979 /**
1980 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1981 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1982 * DBA has done his best job.
1983 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1984 */
1985 $wgSQLMode = '';
1986
1987 /**
1988 * Mediawiki schema; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1989 */
1990 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1991
1992 /**
1993 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1994 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1995 * @since 1.32
1996 */
1997 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1998
1999 /**
2000 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
2001 */
2002 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
2003
2004 /**
2005 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
2006 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
2007 * main database.
2008 *
2009 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
2010 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
2011 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
2012 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
2013 *
2014 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
2015 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
2016 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
2017 *
2018 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
2019 * $wgDBprefix.
2020 *
2021 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
2022 * $wgDBmwschema.
2023 *
2024 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
2025 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
2026 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
2027 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
2028 */
2029 $wgSharedDB = null;
2030
2031 /**
2032 * @see $wgSharedDB
2033 */
2034 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
2035
2036 /**
2037 * @see $wgSharedDB
2038 */
2039 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
2040
2041 /**
2042 * @see $wgSharedDB
2043 * @since 1.23
2044 */
2045 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2046
2047 /**
2048 * Database load balancer
2049 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2050 * Fields are:
2051 * - host: Host name
2052 * - dbname: Default database name
2053 * - user: DB user
2054 * - password: DB password
2055 * - type: DB type
2056 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2057 *
2058 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2059 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2060 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2061 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2062 *
2063 * - groupLoads: (optional) Array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query
2064 * may belong to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2065 *
2066 * - flags: (optional) Bit field of properties:
2067 * - DBO_DEFAULT: Transactionalize web requests and use autocommit otherwise
2068 * - DBO_DEBUG: Equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2069 * - DBO_SSL: Use TLS connection encryption if available
2070 * - DBO_COMPRESS: Use protocol compression with database connections
2071 * - DBO_PERSISTENT: Enables persistent database connections
2072 *
2073 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2074 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2075 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2076 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2077 * This is what DBO_DEFAULT uses to determine when a web request is present.
2078 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2079 *
2080 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2081 * variable of the Database object.
2082 *
2083 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2084 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2085 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2086 *
2087 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2088 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2089 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2090 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2091 *
2092 * @code
2093 * SET @@read_only=1;
2094 * @endcode
2095 *
2096 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2097 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2098 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2099 */
2100 $wgDBservers = false;
2101
2102 /**
2103 * Load balancer factory configuration
2104 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2105 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2106 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2107 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2108 *
2109 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2110 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2111 */
2112 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2113
2114 /**
2115 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2116 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2117 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2118 * @since 1.27
2119 */
2120 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2121
2122 /**
2123 * File to log database errors to
2124 */
2125 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2126
2127 /**
2128 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2129 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2130 *
2131 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2132 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2133 *
2134 * @par Examples:
2135 * @code
2136 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2137 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2138 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2139 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2140 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2141 * @endcode
2142 *
2143 * @since 1.20
2144 */
2145 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2146
2147 /**
2148 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2149 *
2150 * @var string[] List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
2151 * delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
2152 * - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2153 * - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2154 * - "<DB NAME>"
2155 * If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
2156 * in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
2157 * is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
2158 * from these IDs.
2159 */
2160 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2161
2162 /**
2163 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2164 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2165 * show a more obvious warning.
2166 */
2167 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2168
2169 /**
2170 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2171 */
2172 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2173
2174 /**
2175 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2176 */
2177 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2178
2179 /** @} */ # End of DB settings }
2180
2181 /************************************************************************//**
2182 * @name Text storage
2183 * @{
2184 */
2185
2186 /**
2187 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2188 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2189 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2190 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2191 */
2192 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2193
2194 /**
2195 * External stores allow including content
2196 * from non database sources following URL links.
2197 *
2198 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2199 * @code
2200 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2201 * @endcode
2202 *
2203 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2204 */
2205 $wgExternalStores = [];
2206
2207 /**
2208 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2209 *
2210 * @par Example:
2211 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2212 * @code
2213 * $wgExternalServers = [
2214 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2215 * ];
2216 * @endcode
2217 *
2218 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2219 * another class.
2220 */
2221 $wgExternalServers = [];
2222
2223 /**
2224 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2225 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2226 *
2227 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2228 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2229 *
2230 * @par Example:
2231 * @code
2232 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2233 * @endcode
2234 *
2235 * @var array
2236 */
2237 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2238
2239 /**
2240 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2241 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2242 *
2243 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2244 */
2245 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2246
2247 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2248
2249 /************************************************************************//**
2250 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2251 * @{
2252 */
2253
2254 /**
2255 * Disable database-intensive features
2256 */
2257 $wgMiserMode = false;
2258
2259 /**
2260 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2261 */
2262 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2263
2264 /**
2265 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2266 */
2267 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2268
2269 /**
2270 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2271 */
2272 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2273
2274 /**
2275 * Enable slow parser functions
2276 */
2277 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2278
2279 /**
2280 * Allow schema updates
2281 */
2282 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2283
2284 /**
2285 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2286 */
2287 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2288
2289 /**
2290 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2291 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2292 */
2293 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2294
2295 /**
2296 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2297 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2298 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2299 * @since 1.26
2300 */
2301 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2302
2303 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2304
2305 /************************************************************************//**
2306 * @name Cache settings
2307 * @{
2308 */
2309
2310 /**
2311 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2312 * from the web.
2313 *
2314 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2315 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2316 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2317 */
2318 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2319
2320 /**
2321 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2322 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2323 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2324 *
2325 * The options are:
2326 *
2327 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2328 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2329 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2330 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2331 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2332 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2333 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2334 *
2335 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2336 */
2337 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2338
2339 /**
2340 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2341 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2342 *
2343 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2344 */
2345 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2346
2347 /**
2348 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2349 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2350 *
2351 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2352 */
2353 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2354
2355 /**
2356 * The cache type for storing session data.
2357 *
2358 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2359 */
2360 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2361
2362 /**
2363 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2364 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2365 *
2366 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2367 *
2368 * @since 1.20
2369 */
2370 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2371
2372 /**
2373 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2374 *
2375 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2376 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2377 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2378 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2379 *
2380 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2381 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2382 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2383 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2384 */
2385 $wgObjectCaches = [
2386 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2387 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2388
2389 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2390 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2391 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2392
2393 'db-replicated' => [
2394 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2395 'readFactory' => [
2396 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2397 'args' => [ [ 'replicaOnly' => true ] ]
2398 ],
2399 'writeFactory' => [
2400 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2401 'args' => [ [ 'replicaOnly' => false ] ]
2402 ],
2403 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2404 'reportDupes' => false
2405 ],
2406
2407 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2408 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2409 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2410 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2411 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2412 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2413 ];
2414
2415 /**
2416 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2417 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2418 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2419 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2420 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2421 *
2422 * The options are:
2423 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2424 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2425 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2426 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2427 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2428 * @since 1.26
2429 */
2430 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2431
2432 /**
2433 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2434 *
2435 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2436 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2437 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2438 *
2439 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2440 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2441 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "loggroup" parameter controls
2442 * where log events are sent.
2443 *
2444 * @since 1.26
2445 */
2446 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2447 CACHE_NONE => [
2448 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2449 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE
2450 ]
2451 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2452 'memcached-php' => [
2453 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2454 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php'
2455 ]
2456 */
2457 ];
2458
2459 /**
2460 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2461 *
2462 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2463 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2464 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2465 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2466 *
2467 * @var bool
2468 * @since 1.29
2469 */
2470 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2471
2472 /**
2473 * The object store type of the main stash.
2474 *
2475 * This store should be a very fast storage system optimized for holding lightweight data
2476 * like incrementable hit counters and current user activity. The store should replicate the
2477 * dataset among all data-centers. Any add(), merge(), lock(), and unlock() operations should
2478 * maintain "best effort" linearizability; as long as connectivity is strong, latency is low,
2479 * and there is no eviction pressure prompted by low free space, those operations should be
2480 * linearizable. In terms of PACELC (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PACELC_theorem), the store
2481 * should act as a PA/EL distributed system for these operations. One optimization for these
2482 * operations is to route them to a "primary" data-center (e.g. one that serves HTTP POST) for
2483 * synchronous execution and then replicate to the others asynchronously. This means that at
2484 * least calls to these operations during HTTP POST requests would quickly return.
2485 *
2486 * All other operations, such as get(), set(), delete(), changeTTL(), incr(), and decr(),
2487 * should be synchronous in the local data-center, replicating asynchronously to the others.
2488 * This behavior can be overriden by the use of the WRITE_SYNC and READ_LATEST flags.
2489 *
2490 * The store should *preferably* have eventual consistency to handle network partitions.
2491 *
2492 * Modules that rely on the stash should be prepared for:
2493 * - add(), merge(), lock(), and unlock() to be slower than other write operations,
2494 * at least in "secondary" data-centers (e.g. one that only serves HTTP GET/HEAD)
2495 * - Other write operations to have race conditions accross data-centers
2496 * - Read operations to have race conditions accross data-centers
2497 * - Consistency to be either eventual (with Last-Write-Wins) or just "best effort"
2498 *
2499 * In general, this means avoiding updates during idempotent HTTP requests (GET/HEAD) and
2500 * avoiding assumptions of true linearizability (e.g. accepting anomalies). Modules that need
2501 * these kind of guarantees should use other storage mediums.
2502 *
2503 * The options are:
2504 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2505 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2506 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2507 *
2508 * @since 1.26
2509 */
2510 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2511
2512 /**
2513 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2514 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2515 */
2516 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2517
2518 /**
2519 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2520 */
2521 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2522
2523 /**
2524 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2525 *
2526 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2527 *
2528 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2529 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2530 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2531 * others' cookies.
2532 *
2533 * @since 1.27
2534 * @var string
2535 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2536 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2537 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2538 */
2539 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2540
2541 /**
2542 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2543 *
2544 * @since 1.28
2545 */
2546 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2547
2548 /**
2549 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2550 */
2551 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2552
2553 /**
2554 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2555 */
2556 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2557
2558 /**
2559 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2560 * requests.
2561 */
2562 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2563
2564 /**
2565 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2566 */
2567 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2568
2569 /**
2570 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2571 *
2572 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2573 *
2574 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2575 *
2576 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2577 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2578 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2579 */
2580 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2581
2582 /**
2583 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2584 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2585 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2586 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2587 */
2588 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2589
2590 /**
2591 * Localisation cache configuration.
2592 *
2593 * Used by Language::getLocalisationCache() to decide how to construct the
2594 * LocalisationCache instance. Associative array with keys:
2595 *
2596 * class: The class to use for constructing the LocalisationCache object.
2597 * This may be overridden by extensions to a subclass of LocalisationCache.
2598 * Sub classes are expected to still honor the 'storeClass', 'storeDirectory'
2599 * and 'manualRecache' options where applicable.
2600 *
2601 * storeClass: Which LCStore class implementation to use. This is optional.
2602 * The default LocalisationCache class offers the 'store' option
2603 * as abstraction for this.
2604 *
2605 * store: How and where to store localisation cache data.
2606 * This option is ignored if 'storeClass' is explicitly set to a class name.
2607 * Must be one of:
2608 * - 'detect' (default): Automatically select 'files' if 'storeDirectory'
2609 * or $wgCacheDirectory is set, and fall back to 'db' otherwise.
2610 * - 'files': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as CDB files.
2611 * - 'array': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as PHP static array files.
2612 * - 'db': Store in the l10n_cache database table.
2613 *
2614 * storeDirectory: If the selected LCStore class puts its data in files, then it
2615 * will use this directory. If set to false (default), then
2616 * $wgCacheDirectory is used instead.
2617 *
2618 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2619 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2620 */
2621 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2622 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2623 'store' => 'detect',
2624 'storeClass' => false,
2625 'storeDirectory' => false,
2626 'manualRecache' => false,
2627 ];
2628
2629 /**
2630 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2631 */
2632 $wgCachePages = true;
2633
2634 /**
2635 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2636 * client-side and server-side caching.
2637 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2638 * @verbatim
2639 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2640 * @endverbatim
2641 */
2642 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2643
2644 /**
2645 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2646 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2647 */
2648 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2649
2650 /**
2651 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2652 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2653 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2654 */
2655 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2656
2657 /**
2658 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2659 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2660 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2661 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2662 */
2663 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2664
2665 /**
2666 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2667 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2668 */
2669 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2670
2671 /**
2672 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2673 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2674 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2675 *
2676 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2677 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2678 * don't update as expected.
2679 */
2680 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2681
2682 /**
2683 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2684 */
2685 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2686
2687 /**
2688 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2689 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2690 *
2691 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2692 */
2693 $wgUseGzip = false;
2694
2695 /**
2696 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2697 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2698 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2699 *
2700 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2701 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2702 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2703 */
2704 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2705
2706 /**
2707 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2708 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2709 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2710 *
2711 * @par Example:
2712 * @code
2713 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2714 * @endcode
2715 *
2716 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2717 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2718 *
2719 * @var int|bool
2720 */
2721 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2722
2723 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2724
2725 /************************************************************************//**
2726 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2727 *
2728 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2729 * although they are sometimes still referred to as Squid settings for
2730 * historical reasons.
2731 *
2732 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2733 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2734 * more details.
2735 *
2736 * @{
2737 */
2738
2739 /**
2740 * Enable/disable CDN.
2741 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2742 *
2743 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgUseSquid.
2744 */
2745 $wgUseCdn = false;
2746
2747 /**
2748 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2749 * @deprecated in 1.33. This was a now-defunct experimental feature.
2750 */
2751 $wgUseESI = false;
2752
2753 /**
2754 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2755 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2756 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2757 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2758 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2759 * HTTP redirects.
2760 */
2761 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2762
2763 /**
2764 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2765 *
2766 * @par Example:
2767 * @code
2768 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2769 * @endcode
2770 */
2771 $wgInternalServer = false;
2772
2773 /**
2774 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2775 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2776 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2777 *
2778 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2779 *
2780 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidMaxage
2781 */
2782 $wgCdnMaxAge = 18000;
2783
2784 /**
2785 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2786 * @see $wgCdnMaxAge
2787 *
2788 * @since 1.27
2789 */
2790 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2791
2792 /**
2793 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2794 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2795 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2796 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2797 *
2798 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2799 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2800 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2801 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2802 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound purge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2803 *
2804 * @since 1.27
2805 */
2806 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2807
2808 /**
2809 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2810 * @see $wgCdnMaxAge
2811 * @since 1.27
2812 */
2813 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2814
2815 /**
2816 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2817 *
2818 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2819 */
2820 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2821
2822 /**
2823 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2824 *
2825 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2826 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2827 *
2828 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2829 *
2830 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServers.
2831 */
2832 $wgCdnServers = [];
2833
2834 /**
2835 * As with $wgCdnServers, except these servers aren't purged on page changes;
2836 * use to set a list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP
2837 * addresses and CIDR blocks.
2838 *
2839 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2840 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServersNoPurge
2841 */
2842 $wgCdnServersNoPurge = [];
2843
2844 /**
2845 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2846 * configured in $wgCdnServers. Set this to false to support a CDN
2847 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2848 *
2849 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2850 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2851 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2852 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2853 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2854 *
2855 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2856 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2857 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2858 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2859 * reverse).
2860 *
2861 * @since 1.21
2862 * @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
2863 */
2864 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2865
2866 /**
2867 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2868 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2869 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2870 *
2871 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2872 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2873 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2874 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2875 *
2876 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2877 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2878 * @code
2879 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2880 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2881 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2882 * 'port' => 4827,
2883 * ],
2884 * '' => [
2885 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2886 * 'port' => 4827,
2887 * ],
2888 * ];
2889 * @endcode
2890 *
2891 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2892 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2893 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2894 *
2895 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2896 * @code
2897 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2898 * '' => [
2899 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2900 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2901 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2902 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2903 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2904 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2905 * ],
2906 * ];
2907 * @endcode
2908 *
2909 * @since 1.22
2910 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2911 */
2912 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2913
2914 /**
2915 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2916 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2917 */
2918 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2919
2920 /**
2921 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2922 */
2923 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2924
2925 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2926
2927 /************************************************************************//**
2928 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2929 * @{
2930 */
2931
2932 /**
2933 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2934 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2935 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2936 *
2937 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2938 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2939 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2940 *
2941 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2942 * change it in their preferences.
2943 *
2944 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2945 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2946 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2947 */
2948 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2949
2950 /**
2951 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2952 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2953 */
2954 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2955
2956 /**
2957 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2958 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2959 *
2960 * @par Example:
2961 * @code
2962 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2963 * @endcode
2964 */
2965 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2966
2967 /**
2968 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2969 */
2970 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2971
2972 /**
2973 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2974 */
2975 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2976
2977 /**
2978 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2979 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2980 * Notes:
2981 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2982 * map.
2983 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2984 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2985 * this array.
2986 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2987 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2988 * the prefix in this array.
2989 */
2990 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2991
2992 /**
2993 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2994 */
2995 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2996
2997 /**
2998 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2999 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
3000 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
3001 *
3002 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
3003 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
3004 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
3005 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
3006 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
3007 *
3008 * @since 1.29
3009 */
3010 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
3011 // Language codes of macro languages, which get mapped to the main language
3012 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
3013 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
3014
3015 // Language variants which get mapped to the main language
3016 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
3017 ];
3018
3019 /**
3020 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
3021 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
3022 *
3023 * @deprecated since 1.29
3024 */
3025 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
3026
3027 /**
3028 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
3029 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3030 * set to "ar".
3031 *
3032 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
3033 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
3034 *
3035 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3036 */
3037 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3038
3039 /**
3040 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3041 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3042 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3043 * support these characters.
3044 *
3045 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3046 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3047 *
3048 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3049 */
3050 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3051
3052 /**
3053 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3054 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3055 * impact.
3056 *
3057 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3058 * details.
3059 *
3060 * @since 1.17
3061 */
3062 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3063
3064 /**
3065 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3066 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3067 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3068 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3069 *
3070 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3071 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3072 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3073 */
3074 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3075
3076 /**
3077 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3078 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3079 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3080 *
3081 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3082 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3083 * to remain viewable.
3084 *
3085 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3086 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3087 */
3088 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3089
3090 /**
3091 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3092 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3093 */
3094 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3095
3096 /**
3097 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3098 * numerals in interface.
3099 */
3100 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3101
3102 /**
3103 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3104 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3105 */
3106 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3107
3108 /**
3109 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3110 */
3111 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3112
3113 /**
3114 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3115 */
3116 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3117
3118 /**
3119 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3120 */
3121 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3122
3123 /**
3124 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3125 */
3126 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3127
3128 /**
3129 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3130 */
3131 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3132
3133 /**
3134 * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3135 * used to ease variant development work.
3136 */
3137 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3138
3139 /**
3140 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3141 *
3142 * @par Example:
3143 * @code
3144 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3145 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3146 * @endcode
3147 */
3148 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3149
3150 /**
3151 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3152 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3153 * language variant.
3154 *
3155 * @par Example:
3156 * @code
3157 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3158 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3159 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3160 * @endcode
3161 *
3162 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3163 *
3164 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3165 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3166 */
3167 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3168
3169 /**
3170 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3171 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3172 * customise these.
3173 */
3174 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3175
3176 /**
3177 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3178 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3179 *
3180 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3181 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3182 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3183 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3184 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3185 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3186 * the default behavior.
3187 *
3188 * @par Example:
3189 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3190 * portal:
3191 * @code
3192 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3193 * @endcode
3194 */
3195 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3196
3197 /**
3198 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3199 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3200 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3201 *
3202 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3203 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3204 *
3205 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3206 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3207 *
3208 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3209 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3210 *
3211 * @par Examples:
3212 * @code
3213 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3214 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3215 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3216 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3217 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3218 * @endcode
3219 */
3220 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3221
3222 /**
3223 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3224 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3225 *
3226 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3227 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3228 *
3229 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3230 */
3231 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3232
3233 /**
3234 * List of Unicode characters for which capitalization is overridden in
3235 * Language::ucfirst. The characters should be
3236 * represented as char_to_convert => conversion_override. See T219279 for details
3237 * on why this is useful during php version transitions.
3238 *
3239 * @warning: EXPERIMENTAL!
3240 *
3241 * @since 1.34
3242 * @var array
3243 */
3244 $wgOverrideUcfirstCharacters = [];
3245
3246 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3247
3248 /*************************************************************************//**
3249 * @name Output format and skin settings
3250 * @{
3251 */
3252
3253 /**
3254 * The default Content-Type header.
3255 */
3256 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3257
3258 /**
3259 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3260 *
3261 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3262 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3263 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3264 * @since 1.16
3265 */
3266 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3267
3268 /**
3269 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3270 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3271 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3272 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3273 * @since 1.24
3274 */
3275 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3276
3277 /**
3278 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3279 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3280 * stable and change has been communicated.
3281 * @since 1.24
3282 */
3283 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3284
3285 /**
3286 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3287 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3288 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3289 *
3290 * @since 1.28
3291 */
3292 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3293
3294 /**
3295 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3296 *
3297 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3298 *
3299 * @par Example:
3300 * @code
3301 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3302 * @endcode
3303 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3304 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3305 *
3306 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3307 */
3308 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3309
3310 /**
3311 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3312 *
3313 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3314 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3315 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3316 */
3317 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3318
3319 /**
3320 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3321 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3322 */
3323 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3324
3325 /**
3326 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3327 *
3328 * @since 1.24
3329 */
3330 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3331
3332 /**
3333 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3334 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3335 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3336 */
3337 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3338
3339 /**
3340 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3341 */
3342 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3343
3344 /**
3345 * Allow user Javascript page?
3346 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3347 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3348 */
3349 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3350
3351 /**
3352 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3353 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3354 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3355 */
3356 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3357
3358 /**
3359 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3360 *
3361 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3362 * are available to users.
3363 */
3364 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3365
3366 /**
3367 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3368 */
3369 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3370
3371 /**
3372 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3373 */
3374 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3375
3376 /**
3377 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3378 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3379 */
3380 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3381
3382 /**
3383 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3384 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3385 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3386 *
3387 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3388 *
3389 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3390 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3391 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3392 *
3393 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3394 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3395 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3396 * recommended.
3397 *
3398 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3399 * not just edit pages.
3400 */
3401 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3402
3403 /**
3404 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3405 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3406 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3407 * Options are:
3408 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3409 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3410 * - false: Allow all framing.
3411 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3412 */
3413 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3414
3415 /**
3416 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3417 */
3418 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3419
3420 /**
3421 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3422 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3423 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3424 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3425 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3426 *
3427 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3428 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3429 * a page.
3430 *
3431 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3432 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3433 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3434 * would still work.
3435 *
3436 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3437 *
3438 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3439 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3440 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3441 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3442 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3443 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3444 * fragment mode is used.
3445 *
3446 * @since 1.30
3447 */
3448 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3449
3450 /**
3451 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3452 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3453 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3454 * to 'html5'.
3455 *
3456 * @since 1.30
3457 */
3458 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3459
3460 /**
3461 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3462 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3463 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3464 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3465 *
3466 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3467 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3468 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3469 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3470 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3471 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3472 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3473 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3474 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3475 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3476 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3477 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3478 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3479 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3480 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3481 * not be outputted
3482 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3483 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3484 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3485 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3486 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3487 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3488 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3489 */
3490 $wgFooterIcons = [
3491 "copyright" => [
3492 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3493 ],
3494 "poweredby" => [
3495 "mediawiki" => [
3496 // Defaults to point at
3497 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3498 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3499 "src" => null,
3500 "url" => "https://www.mediawiki.org/",
3501 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3502 ]
3503 ],
3504 ];
3505
3506 /**
3507 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3508 * to create an account.
3509 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3510 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3511 */
3512 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3513
3514 /**
3515 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3516 */
3517 $wgEdititis = false;
3518
3519 /**
3520 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3521 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3522 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3523 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3524 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3525 *
3526 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3527 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3528 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3529 */
3530 $wgSend404Code = true;
3531
3532 /**
3533 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3534 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3535 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3536 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3537 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3538 *
3539 * @since 1.20
3540 */
3541 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3542
3543 /**
3544 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3545 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3546 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3547 * unconditionally.
3548 */
3549 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3550
3551 /**
3552 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3553 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3554 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3555 * the domain root.
3556 *
3557 * @since 1.25
3558 */
3559 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3560
3561 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3562
3563 /*************************************************************************//**
3564 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3565 * @{
3566 */
3567
3568 /**
3569 * Client-side resource modules.
3570 *
3571 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3572 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3573 *
3574 * @par Example:
3575 * @code
3576 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3577 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3578 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3579 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3580 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3581 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3582 * ];
3583 * @endcode
3584 */
3585 $wgResourceModules = [];
3586
3587 /**
3588 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3589 *
3590 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3591 * not be modified or disabled.
3592 *
3593 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3594 *
3595 * @par Example:
3596 * @code
3597 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3598 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3599 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3600 * ];
3601 *
3602 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3603 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3604 * ];
3605 * @endcode
3606 *
3607 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3608 *
3609 * @par Equivalent:
3610 * @code
3611 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3612 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3613 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3614 * 'skinStyles' => [
3615 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3616 * ],
3617 * ];
3618 * @endcode
3619 *
3620 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3621 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3622 *
3623 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3624 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3625 *
3626 * @par Example:
3627 * @code
3628 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3629 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3630 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3631 * 'skinStyles' => [
3632 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3633 * ],
3634 * ];
3635 * // Note the '+' character:
3636 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3637 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3638 * ];
3639 * @endcode
3640 *
3641 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3642 *
3643 * @par Equivalent:
3644 * @code
3645 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3646 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3647 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3648 * 'skinStyles' => [
3649 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3650 * 'foo' => [
3651 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3652 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3653 * ],
3654 * ],
3655 * ];
3656 * @endcode
3657 *
3658 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3659 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3660 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3661 *
3662 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3663 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3664 *
3665 * @par Example:
3666 * @code
3667 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3668 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3669 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3670 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3671 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3672 * ];
3673 * @endcode
3674 */
3675 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3676
3677 /**
3678 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3679 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3680 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3681 *
3682 * @par Example:
3683 * @code
3684 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3685 * @endcode
3686 */
3687 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3688
3689 /**
3690 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3691 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3692 */
3693 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3694
3695 /**
3696 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3697 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3698 *
3699 * Following options to distinguish:
3700 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3701 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3702 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3703 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3704 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3705 *
3706 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3707 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3708 * client and MediaWiki.
3709 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3710 */
3711 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3712 'versioned' => [
3713 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3714 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3715 ],
3716 'unversioned' => [
3717 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3718 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3719 ],
3720 ];
3721
3722 /**
3723 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3724 *
3725 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3726 */
3727 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3728
3729 /**
3730 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3731 *
3732 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3733 */
3734 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3735
3736 /**
3737 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3738 *
3739 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3740 * work.
3741 *
3742 * @par Example of legacy code:
3743 * @code{,js}
3744 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3745 * @endcode
3746 * or:
3747 * @code{,js}
3748 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3749 * @endcode
3750 *
3751 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3752 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3753 * @code{,js}
3754 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3755 * @endcode
3756 * or:
3757 * @code{,js}
3758 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3759 * @endcode
3760 */
3761 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3762
3763 /**
3764 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3765 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3766 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3767 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3768 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3769 * that you can't increase.
3770 *
3771 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3772 * string length limit.
3773 *
3774 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3775 */
3776 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3777
3778 /**
3779 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3780 * prior to minification to validate it.
3781 *
3782 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3783 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3784 */
3785 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3786
3787 /**
3788 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3789 *
3790 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3791 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3792 *
3793 * @since 1.32
3794 */
3795 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3796
3797 /**
3798 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3799 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3800 */
3801 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3802
3803 /**
3804 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3805 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3806 *
3807 * @since 1.23
3808 */
3809 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3810
3811 /**
3812 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3813 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3814 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3815 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3816 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3817 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3818 * from the rest of the site.
3819 *
3820 * @since 1.25
3821 */
3822 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3823
3824 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3825
3826 /*************************************************************************//**
3827 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3828 * @{
3829 */
3830
3831 /**
3832 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3833 * used instead.
3834 */
3835 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3836
3837 /**
3838 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3839 *
3840 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3841 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3842 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3843 */
3844 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3845
3846 /**
3847 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3848 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3849 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3850 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3851 * hook or extension.json.
3852 *
3853 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3854 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3855 * the new namespace name.
3856 *
3857 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3858 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3859 *
3860 * @par Example:
3861 * @code
3862 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3863 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3864 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3865 * 102 => "Aide",
3866 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3867 * ];
3868 * @endcode
3869 *
3870 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3871 */
3872 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3873
3874 /**
3875 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3876 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3877 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3878 * @since 1.18
3879 */
3880 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3881
3882 /**
3883 * Namespace aliases.
3884 *
3885 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3886 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3887 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3888 * name.
3889 *
3890 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3891 *
3892 * @par Example:
3893 * @code
3894 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3895 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3896 * 'Help' => 100,
3897 * ];
3898 * @endcode
3899 */
3900 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3901
3902 /**
3903 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3904 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3905 *
3906 * Problematic punctuation:
3907 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3908 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3909 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3910 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3911 * corrupted by apache
3912 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3913 *
3914 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3915 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3916 *
3917 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3918 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3919 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3920 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3921 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3922 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3923 *
3924 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3925 */
3926 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3927
3928 /**
3929 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3930 *
3931 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3932 */
3933 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3934
3935 /**
3936 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3937 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3938 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3939 *
3940 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3941 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3942 */
3943 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3944
3945 /**
3946 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3947 */
3948 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3949
3950 /**
3951 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3952 * @{
3953 */
3954
3955 /**
3956 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3957 * database (.cdb) file.
3958 *
3959 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3960 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3961 * formats such as the following:
3962 *
3963 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3964 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3965 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3966 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3967 *
3968 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3969 * data layout.
3970 *
3971 * @var bool|array|string
3972 */
3973 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3974
3975 /**
3976 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3977 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3978 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3979 * - 3: site levels
3980 */
3981 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3982
3983 /**
3984 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3985 */
3986 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3987
3988 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3989
3990 /**
3991 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3992 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3993 * as 'redirected from' links.
3994 *
3995 * @par Example:
3996 * It might look something like this:
3997 * @code
3998 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3999 * @endcode
4000 *
4001 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4002 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4003 * the URL.
4004 */
4005 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4006
4007 /**
4008 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4009 *
4010 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4011 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4012 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4013 */
4014 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4015
4016 /**
4017 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special, see
4018 * NamespaceInfo::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be true by default (and
4019 * setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be so. Also, since Talk
4020 * namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content namespaces, the values for those are
4021 * ignored in favor of the subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically
4022 * from NS_FILE.
4023 *
4024 * @par Example:
4025 * @code
4026 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4027 * @endcode
4028 */
4029 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4030
4031 /**
4032 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4033 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4034 */
4035 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4036 NS_TALK => true,
4037 NS_USER => true,
4038 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4039 NS_PROJECT => true,
4040 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4041 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4042 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4043 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4044 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4045 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4046 NS_HELP => true,
4047 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4048 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4049 ];
4050
4051 /**
4052 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4053 *
4054 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4055 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4056 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4057 *
4058 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4059 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4060 *
4061 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4062 * the new extension registration system.
4063 *
4064 * @since 1.23
4065 */
4066 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4067
4068 /**
4069 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4070 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4071 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4072 * number of articles in the wiki.
4073 */
4074 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4075
4076 /**
4077 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4078 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4079 * be shown on that page.
4080 * @since 1.30
4081 */
4082 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4083
4084 /**
4085 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4086 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4087 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4088 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4089 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4090 */
4091 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4092
4093 /**
4094 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4095 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4096 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4097 */
4098 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4099
4100 /**
4101 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4102 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4103 * will make the redirect fail.
4104 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4105 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4106 *
4107 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4108 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4109 */
4110 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4111
4112 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4113
4114 /************************************************************************//**
4115 * @name Parser settings
4116 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4117 * @{
4118 */
4119
4120 /**
4121 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4122 *
4123 * class The class name
4124 *
4125 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4126 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4127 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4128 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4129 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4130 *
4131 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4132 *
4133 * The Preprocessor_DOM class is deprecated, and will be removed in a future
4134 * release.
4135 *
4136 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4137 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4138 * the configuration will change at runtime via Parser member functions, so
4139 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4140 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4141 * an extension setup function.
4142 */
4143 $wgParserConf = [
4144 'class' => Parser::class,
4145 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4146 ];
4147
4148 /**
4149 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4150 */
4151 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4152
4153 /**
4154 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4155 * by PPFrame::expand()
4156 */
4157 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4158
4159 /**
4160 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4161 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4162 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4163 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4164 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4165 *
4166 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4167 */
4168 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4169
4170 /**
4171 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4172 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4173 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4174 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4175 */
4176 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4177
4178 /**
4179 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4180 */
4181 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4182
4183 /**
4184 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4185 *
4186 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4187 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4188 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4189 * more information.
4190 *
4191 * @see wfParseUrl
4192 */
4193 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4194 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4195 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4196 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4197 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4198 ];
4199
4200 /**
4201 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4202 */
4203 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4204
4205 /**
4206 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4207 */
4208 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4209
4210 /**
4211 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4212 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4213 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4214 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4215 *
4216 * @par Examples:
4217 * @code
4218 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4219 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4220 * @endcode
4221 */
4222 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4223
4224 /**
4225 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4226 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4227 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4228 * The image will be displayed.
4229 *
4230 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4231 * Or false to disable it
4232 *
4233 * @since 1.14
4234 */
4235 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = false;
4236
4237 /**
4238 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4239 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4240 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4241 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4242 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4243 * sites they control.
4244 */
4245 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4246
4247 /**
4248 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4249 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4250 * library; historically, other postprocessors were used.
4251 *
4252 * Setting this to null will use default settings.
4253 *
4254 * Keys include:
4255 * - driver: formerly used to select a postprocessor; now ignored.
4256 * - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4257 * - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4258 * - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4259 * - pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true)
4260 *
4261 * See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration.
4262 *
4263 * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
4264 * production.
4265 */
4266 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4267
4268 /**
4269 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4270 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4271 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4272 */
4273 $wgRawHtml = false;
4274
4275 /**
4276 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4277 *
4278 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4279 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4280 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4281 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4282 * to some of your users.
4283 */
4284 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4285
4286 /**
4287 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4288 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4289 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4290 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4291 */
4292 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4293
4294 /**
4295 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4296 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4297 */
4298 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4299
4300 /**
4301 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4302 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4303 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4304 *
4305 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4306 *
4307 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4308 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4309 * etc.
4310 *
4311 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4312 */
4313 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4314
4315 /**
4316 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4317 */
4318 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4319
4320 /**
4321 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4322 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4323 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4324 */
4325 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4326
4327 /**
4328 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4329 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4330 */
4331 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4332
4333 /**
4334 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4335 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4336 */
4337 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4338
4339 /**
4340 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4341 */
4342 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4343
4344 /**
4345 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4346 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4347 */
4348 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4349
4350 /**
4351 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4352 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4353 *
4354 * @since 1.28
4355 */
4356 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4357 'ISBN' => false,
4358 'PMID' => false,
4359 'RFC' => false
4360 ];
4361
4362 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4363
4364 /************************************************************************//**
4365 * @name Statistics
4366 * @{
4367 */
4368
4369 /**
4370 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4371 * as a valid article.
4372 *
4373 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4374 *
4375 * This variable can have the following values:
4376 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4377 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4378 *
4379 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4380 *
4381 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4382 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4383 * script.
4384 */
4385 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4386
4387 /**
4388 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4389 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4390 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4391 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4392 * numbers between different wikis.
4393 */
4394 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4395
4396 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4397
4398 /************************************************************************//**
4399 * @name User accounts, authentication
4400 * @{
4401 */
4402
4403 /**
4404 * Central ID lookup providers
4405 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4406 * @since 1.27
4407 */
4408 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4409 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4410 ];
4411
4412 /**
4413 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4414 * @var string
4415 */
4416 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4417
4418 /**
4419 * Password policy for the wiki.
4420 * Structured as
4421 * [
4422 * 'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <settings>, ... ], ... ],
4423 * 'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ],
4424 * ]
4425 * where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name
4426 * (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the
4427 * PHP callable implementing the policy check, <settings> is an array
4428 * of options with the following keys:
4429 * - value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback
4430 * - forceChange: (bool, default false) if the password is invalid, do
4431 * not let the user log in without changing the password
4432 * - suggestChangeOnLogin: (bool, default false) if true and the password is
4433 * invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies
4434 * that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change
4435 * screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over
4436 * 'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present.
4437 * As a shorthand for [ 'value' => <value> ], simply <value> can be written.
4438 * When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings
4439 * arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the
4440 * larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken.
4441 *
4442 * A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements
4443 * from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more
4444 * than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is
4445 * the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group
4446 * is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users.
4447 *
4448 * Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object
4449 * and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status
4450 * means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing
4451 * accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in
4452 * (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning).
4453 *
4454 * The checks supported by core are:
4455 * - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set.
4456 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will
4457 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4458 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4459 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4460 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match the username.
4461 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4462 * match a blacklist of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
4463 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4464 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4465 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4466 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4467 * Deprecated since 1.33. Use PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist instead.
4468 * - PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist - Password not in best practices list of
4469 * 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
4470 * is a probabilistic test.
4471 *
4472 * If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly,
4473 * every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy-<check> message,
4474 * and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding
4475 * passwordpolicies-policyflag-<flag> message (<check> and <flag> are in lowercase).
4476 * The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message
4477 * receives the flag value (or values if it's an array).
4478 *
4479 * @since 1.26
4480 * @see PasswordPolicyChecks
4481 * @see User::checkPasswordValidity()
4482 */
4483 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4484 'policies' => [
4485 'bureaucrat' => [
4486 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4487 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4488 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4489 ],
4490 'sysop' => [
4491 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4492 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4493 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4494 ],
4495 'interface-admin' => [
4496 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4497 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4498 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4499 ],
4500 'bot' => [
4501 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4502 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4503 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4504 ],
4505 'default' => [
4506 'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 1, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4507 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4508 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4509 'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 4096, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4510 ],
4511 ],
4512 'checks' => [
4513 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4514 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4515 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4516 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4517 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4518 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist',
4519 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordNotInLargeBlacklist',
4520 ],
4521 ];
4522
4523 /**
4524 * Configure AuthManager
4525 *
4526 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4527 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4528 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4529 * (default is 0).
4530 *
4531 * Elements are:
4532 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4533 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4534 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4535 *
4536 * @since 1.27
4537 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4538 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4539 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4540 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4541 */
4542 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4543
4544 /**
4545 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4546 * @since 1.27
4547 */
4548 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4549 'preauth' => [
4550 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4551 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4552 'sort' => 0,
4553 ],
4554 ],
4555 'primaryauth' => [
4556 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4557 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4558 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4559 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4560 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4561 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4562 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4563 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4564 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4565 'args' => [ [
4566 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4567 'authoritative' => false,
4568 ] ],
4569 'sort' => 0,
4570 ],
4571 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4572 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4573 'args' => [ [
4574 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4575 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4576 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4577 // password") if it too fails.
4578 'authoritative' => true,
4579 ] ],
4580 'sort' => 100,
4581 ],
4582 ],
4583 'secondaryauth' => [
4584 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4585 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4586 'sort' => 0,
4587 ],
4588 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4589 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4590 'sort' => 100,
4591 ],
4592 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4593 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4594 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4595 // 'sort' => 100,
4596 // ],
4597 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4598 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4599 'sort' => 200,
4600 ],
4601 ],
4602 ];
4603
4604 /**
4605 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4606 *
4607 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4608 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4609 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4610 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4611 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4612 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4613 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4614 * that needs to do this.
4615 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4616 * the last X seconds.
4617 * - Come up with a third option.
4618 *
4619 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4620 * "X seconds".
4621 *
4622 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4623 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4624 * - LinkAccounts
4625 * - UnlinkAccount
4626 * - ChangeCredentials
4627 * - RemoveCredentials
4628 * - ChangeEmail
4629 *
4630 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4631 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4632 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4633 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4634 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4635 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4636 *
4637 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4638 *
4639 * @since 1.27
4640 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4641 */
4642 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4643 'default' => 300,
4644 ];
4645
4646 /**
4647 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4648 *
4649 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4650 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4651 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4652 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4653 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4654 *
4655 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4656 *
4657 * @since 1.27
4658 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4659 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4660 */
4661 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4662 'default' => true,
4663 ];
4664
4665 /**
4666 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4667 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4668 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4669 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4670 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4671 * @since 1.27
4672 * @var string[]
4673 */
4674 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4675 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4676 ];
4677
4678 /**
4679 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4680 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4681 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4682 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4683 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4684 * @since 1.27
4685 * @var string[]
4686 */
4687 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4688 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4689 ];
4690
4691 /**
4692 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4693 * words are allowed.
4694 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4695 */
4696 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4697
4698 /**
4699 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4700 *
4701 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4702 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4703 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4704 *
4705 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4706 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4707 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4708 */
4709 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4710
4711 /**
4712 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4713 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4714 * @since 1.23
4715 */
4716 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4717
4718 /**
4719 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4720 *
4721 * @since 1.24
4722 */
4723 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4724
4725 /**
4726 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4727 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4728 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4729 *
4730 * An advanced example:
4731 * @code
4732 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4733 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4734 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4735 * 'secrets' => [
4736 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4737 * ],
4738 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4739 * ];
4740 * @endcode
4741 *
4742 * @since 1.24
4743 */
4744 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4745 'A' => [
4746 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4747 ],
4748 'B' => [
4749 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4750 ],
4751 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4752 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4753 'types' => [
4754 'A',
4755 'pbkdf2',
4756 ],
4757 ],
4758 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4759 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4760 'types' => [
4761 'B',
4762 'pbkdf2',
4763 ],
4764 ],
4765 'bcrypt' => [
4766 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4767 'cost' => 9,
4768 ],
4769 'pbkdf2' => [
4770 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4771 'algo' => 'sha512',
4772 'cost' => '30000',
4773 'length' => '64',
4774 ],
4775 'argon2' => [
4776 'class' => Argon2Password::class,
4777
4778 // Algorithm used:
4779 // * 'argon2i' is optimized against side-channel attacks (PHP 7.2+)
4780 // * 'argon2id' is optimized against both side-channel and GPU cracking (PHP 7.3+)
4781 // * 'auto' to use best available algorithm. If you're using more than one server, be
4782 // careful when you're mixing PHP versions because newer PHP might generate hashes that
4783 // older versions might would not understand.
4784 'algo' => 'auto',
4785
4786 // The parameters below are the same as options accepted by password_hash().
4787 // Set them to override that function's defaults.
4788 //
4789 // 'memory_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_MEMORY_COST,
4790 // 'time_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_TIME_COST,
4791 // 'threads' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_THREADS,
4792 ],
4793 ];
4794
4795 /**
4796 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4797 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4798 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4799 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4800 */
4801 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4802 'username' => true,
4803 'email' => true,
4804 ];
4805
4806 /**
4807 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4808 */
4809 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4810
4811 /**
4812 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4813 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4814 */
4815 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4816
4817 /**
4818 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4819 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4820 */
4821 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4822 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4823 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4824 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4825 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4826 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4827 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
4828 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4829 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4830 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4831 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4832 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4833 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4834 ];
4835
4836 /**
4837 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4838 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4839 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4840 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4841 */
4842 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4843 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4844 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4845 'date' => 'default',
4846 'diffonly' => 0,
4847 'disablemail' => 0,
4848 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4849 'editondblclick' => 0,
4850 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4851 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4852 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4853 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4854 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4855 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4856 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4857 'fancysig' => 0,
4858 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4859 'gender' => 'unknown',
4860 'hideminor' => 0,
4861 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4862 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4863 'imagesize' => 2,
4864 'minordefault' => 0,
4865 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4866 'nickname' => '',
4867 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4868 'numberheadings' => 0,
4869 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4870 'previewontop' => 1,
4871 'rcdays' => 7,
4872 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4873 'rclimit' => 50,
4874 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4875 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4876 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4877 'showrollbackconfirmation' => 0,
4878 'skin' => false,
4879 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4880 'thumbsize' => 5,
4881 'underline' => 2,
4882 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4883 'usenewrc' => 1,
4884 'watchcreations' => 1,
4885 'watchdefault' => 1,
4886 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4887 'watchuploads' => 1,
4888 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4889 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4890 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4891 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4892 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4893 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4894 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4895 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4896 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4897 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4898 'watchmoves' => 0,
4899 'watchrollback' => 0,
4900 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4901 'wllimit' => 250,
4902 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4903 'prefershttps' => 1,
4904 ];
4905
4906 /**
4907 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4908 */
4909 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4910
4911 /**
4912 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4913 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4914 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4915 */
4916 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4917
4918 /**
4919 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4920 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4921 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4922 *
4923 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4924 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4925 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4926 */
4927 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4928
4929 /**
4930 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4931 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4932 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4933 * @since 1.17
4934 */
4935 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4936
4937 /**
4938 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4939 *
4940 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4941 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4942 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4943 *
4944 * @since 1.27
4945 * @var string|null
4946 */
4947 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4948
4949 /**
4950 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4951 *
4952 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4953 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4954 *
4955 * @since 1.27
4956 */
4957 $wgSessionProviders = [
4958 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4959 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4960 'args' => [ [
4961 'priority' => 30,
4962 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4963 ] ],
4964 ],
4965 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4966 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4967 'args' => [ [
4968 'priority' => 75,
4969 ] ],
4970 ],
4971 ];
4972
4973 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4974
4975 /************************************************************************//**
4976 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4977 * @{
4978 */
4979
4980 /**
4981 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4982 */
4983 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4984
4985 /**
4986 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4987 *
4988 * This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to
4989 * edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block
4990 * restrictions.
4991 */
4992 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4993
4994 /**
4995 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4996 */
4997 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4998
4999 /**
5000 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5001 *
5002 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5003 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5004 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5005 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5006 *
5007 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5008 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5009 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5010 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5011 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5012 */
5013 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5014 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5015 'IPv6' => 19,
5016 ];
5017
5018 /**
5019 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5020 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5021 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5022 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5023 * anonymous visitors.
5024 */
5025 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5026
5027 /**
5028 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5029 *
5030 * @par Example:
5031 * @code
5032 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5033 * @endcode
5034 *
5035 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5036 *
5037 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5038 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5039 *
5040 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5041 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5042 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5043 *
5044 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5045 * hook instead.
5046 */
5047 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5048
5049 /**
5050 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5051 *
5052 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5053 * is without underscore.
5054 *
5055 * @par Example:
5056 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5057 * @code
5058 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5059 * @endcode
5060 *
5061 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5062 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5063 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5064 *
5065 * @par Example:
5066 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5067 * @code
5068 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5069 * @endcode
5070 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5071 *
5072 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5073 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5074 */
5075 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5076
5077 /**
5078 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5079 * address before being allowed to edit?
5080 */
5081 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5082
5083 /**
5084 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5085 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5086 */
5087 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5088
5089 /**
5090 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5091 *
5092 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5093 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5094 *
5095 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5096 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5097 *
5098 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5099 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5100 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5101 * in in the user_groups table.
5102 *
5103 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5104 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5105 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5106 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5107 *
5108 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5109 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5110 *
5111 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5112 */
5113 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5114
5115 /** @cond file_level_code */
5116 // Implicit group for all visitors
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5128 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5129
5130 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjsredirect'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5154
5155 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5158
5159 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5160 // from various log pages by default
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5169
5170 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5174 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5176 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5178 // can view deleted revision text
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5210 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5211 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5215
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5223
5224 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5227 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5228 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5229 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5230 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5231
5232 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5233 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5234 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5235 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5236 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5237 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5238 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5239 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5240 // For private suppression log access
5241 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5242
5243 /**
5244 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5245 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5246 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5247 * server.
5248 */
5249 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5250
5251 /** @endcond */
5252
5253 /**
5254 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5255 *
5256 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5257 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5258 *
5259 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5260 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5261 */
5262 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5263
5264 /**
5265 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5266 */
5267 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5268
5269 /**
5270 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5271 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5272 *
5273 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5274 * group".
5275 *
5276 * @par Example:
5277 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5278 * @code
5279 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5280 * @endcode
5281 *
5282 * @par Example:
5283 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5284 * @code
5285 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5286 * @endcode
5287 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5288 * any group that they happen to be in.
5289 */
5290 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5291
5292 /**
5293 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5294 */
5295 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5296
5297 /**
5298 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5299 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5300 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5301 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5302 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5303 */
5304 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5305
5306 /**
5307 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5308 *
5309 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5310 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5311 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5312 *
5313 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5314 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5315 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5316 */
5317 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5318
5319 /**
5320 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5321 *
5322 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5323 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5324 *
5325 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5326 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5327 */
5328 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5329
5330 /**
5331 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5332 *
5333 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5334 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5335 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5336 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5337 * "semiprotected".
5338 *
5339 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5340 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5341 */
5342 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5343
5344 /**
5345 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5346 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5347 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5348 *
5349 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5350 */
5351 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5352
5353 /**
5354 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5355 *
5356 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5357 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5358 *
5359 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5360 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5361 */
5362 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5363
5364 /**
5365 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5366 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5367 * privileges of new accounts.
5368 *
5369 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5370 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5371 *
5372 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5373 *
5374 * @par Example:
5375 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5376 * @code
5377 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5378 * @endcode
5379 * Set age to one day:
5380 * @code
5381 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5382 * @endcode
5383 */
5384 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5385
5386 /**
5387 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5388 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5389 *
5390 * @par Example:
5391 * @code
5392 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5393 * @endcode
5394 */
5395 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5396
5397 /**
5398 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5399 *
5400 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5401 *
5402 * $wgAutopromote = [
5403 * 'groupname' => cond,
5404 * 'group2' => cond2,
5405 * ];
5406 *
5407 * A `cond` may be:
5408 * - a single condition without arguments:
5409 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5410 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5411 * [ `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` ]
5412 * - a single condition with arguments:
5413 * e.g. `[ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 ]`
5414 * - a set of conditions:
5415 * e.g. `[ 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... ]`
5416 *
5417 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5418 * - `&` (**AND**):
5419 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5420 * - `|` (**OR**):
5421 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5422 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5423 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5424 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5425 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5426 * - [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ]:
5427 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5428 * - [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ]:
5429 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5430 * - [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ]:
5431 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5432 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5433 * - [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ]:
5434 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5435 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5436 * - [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ]:
5437 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5438 * - [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ]:
5439 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5440 * - [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ]:
5441 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5442 * - [ APCOND_BLOCKED ]:
5443 * true if the user is sitewide blocked
5444 * - [ APCOND_ISBOT ]:
5445 * true if the user is a bot
5446 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5447 *
5448 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5449 * linked by operands.
5450 *
5451 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5452 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5453 */
5454 $wgAutopromote = [
5455 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5456 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5457 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5458 ],
5459 ];
5460
5461 /**
5462 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5463 *
5464 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5465 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5466 *
5467 * The format is:
5468 * @code
5469 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5470 * @endcode
5471 * Where event is either:
5472 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5473 *
5474 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5475 *
5476 * @see $wgAutopromote
5477 * @since 1.18
5478 */
5479 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5480 'onEdit' => [],
5481 ];
5482
5483 /**
5484 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5485 * @since 1.18
5486 */
5487 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5488
5489 /**
5490 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5491 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5492 *
5493 * @par Example:
5494 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5495 * @code
5496 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5497 * @endcode
5498 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5499 * @code
5500 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5501 * @endcode
5502 * Sysops can make bots:
5503 * @code
5504 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5505 * @endcode
5506 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5507 * @code
5508 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5509 * @endcode
5510 */
5511 $wgAddGroups = [];
5512
5513 /**
5514 * @see $wgAddGroups
5515 */
5516 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5517
5518 /**
5519 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5520 * For extensions only.
5521 */
5522 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5523
5524 /**
5525 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5526 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5527 */
5528 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5529
5530 /**
5531 * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
5532 * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
5533 */
5534 $wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
5535
5536 /**
5537 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5538 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5539 * This is limited for performance reason.
5540 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5541 * @since 1.23
5542 */
5543 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5544
5545 /**
5546 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5547 *
5548 * @par Example:
5549 * @code
5550 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5551 * // no more than 100 per month
5552 * [
5553 * 'count' => 100,
5554 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5555 * ],
5556 * // no more than 10 per day
5557 * [
5558 * 'count' => 10,
5559 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5560 * ],
5561 * ];
5562 * @endcode
5563 *
5564 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5565 */
5566 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5567 'count' => 0,
5568 'seconds' => 86400,
5569 ] ];
5570
5571 /**
5572 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5573 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5574 *
5575 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5576 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5577 *
5578 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5579 *
5580 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5581 */
5582 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5583
5584 /**
5585 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5586 */
5587 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5588
5589 /**
5590 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5591 * proxies
5592 * @since 1.16
5593 */
5594 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5595
5596 /**
5597 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5598 *
5599 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5600 * the blacklist require a key).
5601 *
5602 * @par Example:
5603 * @code
5604 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5605 * // String containing URL
5606 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5607 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5608 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5609 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5610 * // just use a string as shown above
5611 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5612 * ];
5613 * @endcode
5614 *
5615 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5616 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5617 * @since 1.16
5618 */
5619 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5620
5621 /**
5622 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5623 * what the other methods might say.
5624 */
5625 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5626
5627 /**
5628 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5629 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5630 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5631 * @since 1.29
5632 * @var string[]
5633 */
5634 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5635
5636 /**
5637 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5638 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5639 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5640 */
5641 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5642
5643 /**
5644 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5645 *
5646 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5647 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5648 * elapses.
5649 *
5650 * @par Example:
5651 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5652 * @code
5653 * $wgRateLimits = [
5654 * 'edit' => [
5655 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5656 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5657 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5658 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5659 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5660 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5661 * ]
5662 * ];
5663 * @endcode
5664 *
5665 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5666 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5667 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5668 * @code
5669 * $wgRateLimits = [
5670 * 'some-action' => [
5671 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5672 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5673 * ];
5674 * @endcode
5675 *
5676 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5677 */
5678 $wgRateLimits = [
5679 // Page edits
5680 'edit' => [
5681 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5682 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5683 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5684 ],
5685 // Page moves
5686 'move' => [
5687 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5688 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5689 ],
5690 // File uploads
5691 'upload' => [
5692 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5693 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5694 ],
5695 // Page rollbacks
5696 'rollback' => [
5697 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5698 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5699 ],
5700 // Triggering password resets emails
5701 'mailpassword' => [
5702 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5703 ],
5704 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5705 'emailuser' => [
5706 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5707 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5708 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5709 ],
5710 'changeemail' => [
5711 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
5712 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
5713 ],
5714 // Purging pages
5715 'purge' => [
5716 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5717 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5718 ],
5719 // Purges of link tables
5720 'linkpurge' => [
5721 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5722 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5723 ],
5724 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5725 'renderfile' => [
5726 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5727 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5728 ],
5729 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5730 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5731 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5732 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5733 ],
5734 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5735 'stashedit' => [
5736 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5737 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5738 ],
5739 // Adding or removing change tags
5740 'changetag' => [
5741 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5742 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5743 ],
5744 // Changing the content model of a page
5745 'editcontentmodel' => [
5746 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5747 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5748 ],
5749 ];
5750
5751 /**
5752 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5753 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5754 */
5755 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5756
5757 /**
5758 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5759 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5760 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5761 */
5762 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5763
5764 /**
5765 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5766 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5767 */
5768 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5769
5770 /**
5771 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5772 *
5773 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5774 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5775 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5776 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5777 *
5778 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5779 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5780 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5781 */
5782 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5783 // Short term limit
5784 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5785 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5786 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5787 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5788 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5789 ];
5790
5791 /**
5792 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5793 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5794 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5795 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5796 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5797 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5798 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5799 * @since 1.27
5800 */
5801 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5802
5803 // @TODO: clean up grants
5804 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5805
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autocreateaccount'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5811 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5817
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5822
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5827
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5830
5831 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5836
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5839
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5844
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5850
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5858
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5868
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5870
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5872
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5875
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5877 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5879
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5881
5882 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5885 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5887 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5889
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['oversight']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5891
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5893 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5894
5895 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5896
5897 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5898
5899 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5900
5901 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5902
5903 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5904
5905 /**
5906 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5907 * @since 1.27
5908 */
5909 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5910 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5911 'basic' => 'hidden',
5912
5913 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5914 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5915 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5916 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5917
5918 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5919 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5920
5921 'sendemail' => 'email',
5922
5923 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5924 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5925
5926 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5927 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5928
5929 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5930 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5931 'rollback' => 'administration',
5932 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5933 'delete' => 'administration',
5934 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5935 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5936 'protect' => 'administration',
5937 'oversight' => 'administration',
5938 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5939
5940 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5941
5942 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5943 ];
5944
5945 /**
5946 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5947 * @since 1.27
5948 */
5949 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5950
5951 /**
5952 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5953 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5954 * @since 1.27
5955 */
5956 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5957
5958 /**
5959 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5960 *
5961 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5962 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5963 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5964 * @since 1.27
5965 */
5966 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5967
5968 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5969
5970 /************************************************************************//**
5971 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5972 * @{
5973 */
5974
5975 /**
5976 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5977 */
5978 $wgSecretKey = false;
5979
5980 /**
5981 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5982 *
5983 * This can have the following formats:
5984 * - An array of addresses
5985 * - A string, in which case this is the path to a file
5986 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5987 */
5988 $wgProxyList = [];
5989
5990 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5991
5992 /************************************************************************//**
5993 * @name Cookie settings
5994 * @{
5995 */
5996
5997 /**
5998 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5999 */
6000 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
6001
6002 /**
6003 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6004 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6005 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6006 * login cookies session-only.
6007 */
6008 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6009
6010 /**
6011 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6012 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6013 */
6014 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6015
6016 /**
6017 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6018 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6019 */
6020 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6021
6022 /**
6023 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6024 * - true: Set secure flag
6025 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6026 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6027 */
6028 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6029
6030 /**
6031 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6032 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6033 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6034 * check.
6035 */
6036 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6037
6038 /**
6039 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6040 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6041 * name to be used as a prefix.
6042 */
6043 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6044
6045 /**
6046 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6047 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6048 * XSS attack.
6049 */
6050 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6051
6052 /**
6053 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6054 */
6055 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6056
6057 /**
6058 * Override to customise the session name
6059 */
6060 $wgSessionName = false;
6061
6062 /**
6063 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6064 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6065 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6066 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6067 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6068 */
6069 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6070
6071 /**
6072 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6073 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6074 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6075 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6076 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6077 */
6078 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6079
6080 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6081
6082 /************************************************************************//**
6083 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6084 * @{
6085 */
6086
6087 /**
6088 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6089 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6090 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6091 * Please see math/README for more information.
6092 */
6093 $wgUseTeX = false;
6094
6095 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6096
6097 /************************************************************************//**
6098 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6099 *
6100 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6101 *
6102 * @{
6103 */
6104
6105 /**
6106 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6107 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6108 * may contain private data.
6109 */
6110 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6111
6112 /**
6113 * Prefix for debug log lines
6114 */
6115 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6116
6117 /**
6118 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6119 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6120 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6121 */
6122 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6123
6124 /**
6125 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6126 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6127 * and gen=js requests.
6128 */
6129 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6130
6131 /**
6132 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6133 *
6134 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6135 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6136 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6137 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6138 */
6139 $wgDebugComments = false;
6140
6141 /**
6142 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6143 *
6144 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6145 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6146 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6147 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6148 */
6149 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6150
6151 /**
6152 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6153 *
6154 * @since 1.26
6155 */
6156 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6157 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6158 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6159 'GET' => [
6160 'masterConns' => 0,
6161 'writes' => 0,
6162 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6163 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6164 ],
6165 // HTTP POST requests.
6166 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6167 'POST' => [
6168 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6169 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6170 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6171 'maxAffected' => 1000
6172 ],
6173 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6174 'writes' => 0,
6175 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6176 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6177 ],
6178 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6179 'PostSend-GET' => [
6180 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6181 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6182 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6183 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6184 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6185 'masterConns' => 0,
6186 'writes' => 0,
6187 ],
6188 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6189 'PostSend-POST' => [
6190 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6191 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6192 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6193 'maxAffected' => 1000
6194 ],
6195 // Background job runner
6196 'JobRunner' => [
6197 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6198 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6199 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6200 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6201 ],
6202 // Command-line scripts
6203 'Maintenance' => [
6204 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6205 'maxAffected' => 1000
6206 ]
6207 ];
6208
6209 /**
6210 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6211 *
6212 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6213 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6214 * in production.
6215 *
6216 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6217 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6218 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6219 * - associative array with keys:
6220 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6221 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6222 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6223 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6224 *
6225 * @par Example:
6226 * @code
6227 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6228 * @endcode
6229 *
6230 * @par Advanced example:
6231 * @code
6232 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6233 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6234 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6235 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6236 * ];
6237 * @endcode
6238 */
6239 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6240
6241 /**
6242 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6243 *
6244 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6245 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6246 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6247 * details.
6248 *
6249 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6250 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6251 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6252 *
6253 * @par To completely disable logging:
6254 * @code
6255 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6256 * @endcode
6257 *
6258 * @since 1.25
6259 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6260 * @see MwLogger
6261 */
6262 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6263 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6264 ];
6265
6266 /**
6267 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6268 *
6269 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6270 */
6271 $wgShowDebug = false;
6272
6273 /**
6274 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6275 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6276 */
6277 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6278
6279 /**
6280 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6281 */
6282 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6283
6284 /**
6285 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6286 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6287 * to an attacker.
6288 *
6289 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6290 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6291 */
6292 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6293
6294 /**
6295 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6296 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6297 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6298 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6299 */
6300 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6301
6302 /**
6303 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6304 *
6305 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6306 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6307 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6308 * exception handler.
6309 *
6310 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6311 */
6312 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6313
6314 /**
6315 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6316 */
6317 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6318
6319 /**
6320 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6321 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6322 */
6323 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6324
6325 /**
6326 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6327 */
6328 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6329
6330 /**
6331 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6332 * Should be a string, default false.
6333 * @since 1.20
6334 */
6335 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6336
6337 /**
6338 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6339 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6340 */
6341 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6342
6343 /**
6344 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6345 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6346 * after the limit.
6347 */
6348 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6349
6350 /**
6351 * Profiler configuration.
6352 *
6353 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6354 *
6355 * Example:
6356 *
6357 * @code
6358 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6359 * @endcode
6360 *
6361 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6362 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6363 *
6364 * @code
6365 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6366 * @endcode
6367 *
6368 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6369 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6370 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6371 *
6372 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6373 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6374 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6375 *
6376 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6377 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6378 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6379 *
6380 * @code
6381 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6382 * @endcode
6383 *
6384 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6385 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6386 *
6387 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6388 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6389 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6390 *
6391 * @code
6392 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6393 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ 'ProfilerOutputDb' ];
6394 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6395 * @endcode
6396 *
6397 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6398 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6399 *
6400 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6401 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6402 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6403 *
6404 * @since 1.17.0
6405 */
6406 $wgProfiler = [];
6407
6408 /**
6409 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6410 *
6411 * @since 1.5.0
6412 */
6413 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6414
6415 /**
6416 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6417 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6418 */
6419 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6420
6421 /**
6422 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6423 *
6424 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6425 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6426 */
6427 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6428
6429 /**
6430 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6431 *
6432 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6433 *
6434 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6435 *
6436 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6437 * @since 1.25
6438 */
6439 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6440
6441 /**
6442 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6443 *
6444 * @see MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory
6445 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6446 * @since 1.25
6447 */
6448 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6449
6450 /**
6451 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6452 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6453 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6454 * @since 1.28
6455 */
6456 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6457 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6458 ];
6459
6460 /**
6461 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6462 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6463 * templates.
6464 */
6465 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6466
6467 /**
6468 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6469 * filename is passed to it.
6470 *
6471 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6472 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6473 *
6474 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6475 *
6476 * Use full paths.
6477 *
6478 * @deprecated since 1.30
6479 */
6480 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6481
6482 /**
6483 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6484 */
6485 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6486
6487 /**
6488 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6489 * @since 1.19
6490 */
6491 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6492
6493 /**
6494 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6495 * queries and other useful output.
6496 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseCdn is enabled.
6497 *
6498 * @since 1.19
6499 */
6500 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6501
6502 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6503
6504 /************************************************************************//**
6505 * @name Search
6506 * @{
6507 */
6508
6509 /**
6510 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6511 */
6512 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6513
6514 /**
6515 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6516 * by default off due to execution overhead
6517 */
6518 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6519
6520 /**
6521 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6522 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6523 */
6524 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6525
6526 /**
6527 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6528 *
6529 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6530 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6531 *
6532 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6533 *
6534 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6535 */
6536 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6537
6538 /**
6539 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6540 *
6541 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6542 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6543 *
6544 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6545 */
6546 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6547 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6548 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6549 ];
6550
6551 /**
6552 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6553 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6554 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6555 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6556 */
6557 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6558
6559 /**
6560 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6561 * OpenSearch call.
6562 */
6563 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6564
6565 /**
6566 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6567 */
6568 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6569
6570 /**
6571 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6572 */
6573 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6574
6575 /**
6576 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6577 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6578 */
6579 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6580
6581 /**
6582 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6583 *
6584 * @par Example:
6585 * @code
6586 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6587 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6588 * @endcode
6589 */
6590 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6591 NS_MAIN => true,
6592 ];
6593
6594 /**
6595 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6596 * implemented by an extension instead.
6597 */
6598 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6599
6600 /**
6601 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6602 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6603 * search term.
6604 *
6605 * @par Example:
6606 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6607 * @code
6608 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6609 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6610 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6611 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6612 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6613 * @endcode
6614 */
6615 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6616
6617 /**
6618 * Search form behavior.
6619 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6620 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6621 */
6622 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6623
6624 /**
6625 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6626 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6627 * generated for all namespaces.
6628 */
6629 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6630
6631 /**
6632 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6633 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6634 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6635 *
6636 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6637 * @par Example:
6638 * @code
6639 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6640 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6641 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6642 * ];
6643 * @endcode
6644 */
6645 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6646
6647 /**
6648 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6649 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6650 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6651 */
6652 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6653
6654 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6655
6656 /************************************************************************//**
6657 * @name Edit user interface
6658 * @{
6659 */
6660
6661 /**
6662 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6663 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6664 */
6665 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6666
6667 /**
6668 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6669 */
6670 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6671
6672 /**
6673 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6674 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6675 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6676 */
6677 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6678 NS_CATEGORY => true
6679 ];
6680
6681 /**
6682 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6683 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6684 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6685 */
6686 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6687
6688 /**
6689 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6690 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6691 * ting this variable false.
6692 */
6693 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6694
6695 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6696
6697 /************************************************************************//**
6698 * @name Maintenance
6699 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6700 * @{
6701 */
6702
6703 /**
6704 * @cond file_level_code
6705 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6706 */
6707 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6708 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6709 }
6710 /** @endcond */
6711
6712 /**
6713 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6714 */
6715 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6716
6717 /**
6718 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6719 * used as an explanation to users.
6720 *
6721 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6722 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6723 * option in MySQL.
6724 */
6725 $wgReadOnly = null;
6726
6727 /**
6728 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6729 * @var bool
6730 * @since 1.31
6731 */
6732 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6733
6734 /**
6735 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6736 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6737 * message.
6738 *
6739 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6740 */
6741 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6742
6743 /**
6744 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6745 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6746 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6747 *
6748 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6749 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6750 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6751 */
6752 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6753
6754 /**
6755 * Fully specified path to git binary
6756 */
6757 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6758
6759 /**
6760 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6761 *
6762 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6763 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6764 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6765 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6766 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6767 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6768 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6769 *
6770 * @since 1.20
6771 */
6772 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6773 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6774 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6775 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6776 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6777 ];
6778
6779 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6780
6781 /************************************************************************//**
6782 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6783 * @{
6784 */
6785
6786 /**
6787 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6788 * seconds will go.
6789 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6790 */
6791 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6792
6793 /**
6794 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6795 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6796 * @since 1.26
6797 */
6798 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6799
6800 /**
6801 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6802 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6803 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6804 * @since 1.26
6805 */
6806 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6807
6808 /**
6809 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6810 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6811 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6812 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6813 * is still there.
6814 */
6815 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6816
6817 /**
6818 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6819 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6820 */
6821 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6822
6823 /**
6824 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6825 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6826 */
6827 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6828
6829 /**
6830 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6831 *
6832 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6833 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6834 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6835 *
6836 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6837 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6838 * passed to the constructor.
6839 *
6840 * Common options:
6841 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6842 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6843 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6844 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6845 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6846 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6847 *
6848 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6849 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6850 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6851 * to determine which FormattedRCFeed class to use.
6852 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6853 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6854 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6855 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6856 *
6857 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6858 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6859 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6860 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6861 *
6862 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6863 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6864 *
6865 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6866 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6867 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6868 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6869 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6870 * ];
6871 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6872 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6873 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6874 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6875 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6876 * ];
6877 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6878 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6879 * ];
6880 * @since 1.22
6881 */
6882 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6883
6884 /**
6885 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6886 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6887 * @since 1.22
6888 */
6889 $wgRCEngines = [
6890 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6891 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6892 ];
6893
6894 /**
6895 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6896 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6897 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6898 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6899 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6900 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6901 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6902 *
6903 * @since 1.27
6904 */
6905 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6906
6907 /**
6908 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6909 * New pages and new files are included.
6910 *
6911 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6912 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6913 * Special:Log.
6914 */
6915 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6916
6917 /**
6918 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6919 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6920 * 0 to disable completely.
6921 */
6922 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6923
6924 /**
6925 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6926 *
6927 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6928 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6929 * Special:Log.
6930 */
6931 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6932
6933 /**
6934 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6935 *
6936 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6937 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6938 * Special:Log.
6939 *
6940 * @since 1.27
6941 */
6942 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6943
6944 /**
6945 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6946 */
6947 $wgFeed = true;
6948
6949 /**
6950 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6951 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6952 */
6953 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6954
6955 /**
6956 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6957 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6958 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6959 *
6960 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6961 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6962 */
6963 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6964
6965 /**
6966 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6967 * pages larger than this size.
6968 */
6969 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6970
6971 /**
6972 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6973 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6974 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6975 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6976 * as value.
6977 * @par Example:
6978 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6979 * @code
6980 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6981 * @endcode
6982 */
6983 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6984
6985 /**
6986 * Available feeds objects.
6987 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6988 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6989 */
6990 $wgFeedClasses = [
6991 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
6992 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
6993 ];
6994
6995 /**
6996 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6997 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6998 */
6999 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
7000
7001 /**
7002 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
7003 */
7004 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7005
7006 /**
7007 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7008 */
7009 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7010
7011 /**
7012 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7013 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7014 * highlighted on the RC page.
7015 */
7016 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7017
7018 /**
7019 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7020 * view for watched pages with new changes
7021 */
7022 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7023
7024 /**
7025 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7026 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7027 */
7028 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7029
7030 /**
7031 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7032 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7033 */
7034 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7035
7036 /**
7037 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7038 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7039 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7040 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7041 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7042 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7043 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7044 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7045 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7046 *
7047 * @var array
7048 * @since 1.31
7049 */
7050 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7051 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7052 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7053 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7054 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7055 'mw-blank' => true,
7056 'mw-replace' => true,
7057 'mw-rollback' => true,
7058 'mw-undo' => true,
7059 ];
7060
7061 /**
7062 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7063 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7064 * watchers.
7065 *
7066 * @since 1.21
7067 */
7068 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7069
7070 /**
7071 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7072 * certain types of edits.
7073 *
7074 * To register a new one:
7075 * @code
7076 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7077 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7078 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7079 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7080 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7081 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7082 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7083 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7084 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7085 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7086 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7087 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7088 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7089 * ];
7090 * @endcode
7091 *
7092 * @since 1.22
7093 */
7094 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7095 'newpage' => [
7096 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7097 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7098 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7099 'grouping' => 'any',
7100 ],
7101 'minor' => [
7102 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7103 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7104 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7105 'class' => 'minoredit',
7106 'grouping' => 'all',
7107 ],
7108 'bot' => [
7109 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7110 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7111 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7112 'class' => 'botedit',
7113 'grouping' => 'all',
7114 ],
7115 'unpatrolled' => [
7116 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7117 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7118 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7119 'grouping' => 'any',
7120 ],
7121 ];
7122
7123 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7124
7125 /************************************************************************//**
7126 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7127 * @{
7128 */
7129
7130 /**
7131 * Override for copyright metadata.
7132 *
7133 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7134 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7135 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7136 */
7137 $wgRightsPage = null;
7138
7139 /**
7140 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7141 * wiki.
7142 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7143 */
7144 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7145
7146 /**
7147 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7148 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7149 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7150 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7151 */
7152 $wgRightsText = null;
7153
7154 /**
7155 * Override for copyright metadata.
7156 */
7157 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7158
7159 /**
7160 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7161 */
7162 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7163
7164 /**
7165 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7166 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7167 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7168 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7169 * large wikis.
7170 */
7171 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7172
7173 /**
7174 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7175 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7176 */
7177 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7178
7179 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7180
7181 /************************************************************************//**
7182 * @name Import / Export
7183 * @{
7184 */
7185
7186 /**
7187 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7188 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7189 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7190 *
7191 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7192 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7193 * e.g.
7194 * @code
7195 * $wgImportSources = [
7196 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7197 * 'wikispecies',
7198 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7199 * ];
7200 * @endcode
7201 *
7202 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7203 * the ImportSources hook.
7204 *
7205 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7206 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7207 */
7208 $wgImportSources = [];
7209
7210 /**
7211 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7212 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7213 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7214 *
7215 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7216 */
7217 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7218
7219 /**
7220 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7221 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7222 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7223 */
7224 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7225
7226 /**
7227 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7228 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7229 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7230 */
7231 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7232
7233 /**
7234 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7235 */
7236 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7237
7238 /**
7239 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7240 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7241 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7242 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7243 * it's disabled by default for now.
7244 *
7245 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7246 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7247 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7248 */
7249 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7250
7251 /**
7252 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7253 */
7254 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7255
7256 /**
7257 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7258 */
7259 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7260
7261 /**
7262 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7263 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7264 *
7265 * @since 1.27
7266 */
7267 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7268
7269 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7270
7271 /*************************************************************************//**
7272 * @name Extensions
7273 * @{
7274 */
7275
7276 /**
7277 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7278 * initialised
7279 */
7280 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7281
7282 /**
7283 * Extension messages files.
7284 *
7285 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7286 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7287 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7288 * is the most common.
7289 *
7290 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7291 * in the core.
7292 *
7293 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7294 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7295 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7296 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7297 *
7298 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7299 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7300 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7301 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7302 *
7303 * @par Example:
7304 * @code
7305 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7306 * @endcode
7307 */
7308 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7309
7310 /**
7311 * Extension messages directories.
7312 *
7313 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7314 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7315 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7316 * message directories.
7317 *
7318 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7319 *
7320 * @par Simple example:
7321 * @code
7322 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7323 * @endcode
7324 *
7325 * @par Complex example:
7326 * @code
7327 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7328 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7329 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7330 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7331 * ]
7332 * @endcode
7333 * @since 1.23
7334 */
7335 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7336
7337 /**
7338 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7339 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7340 * @since 1.22
7341 */
7342 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7343
7344 /**
7345 * Parser output hooks.
7346 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7347 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7348 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7349 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7350 *
7351 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7352 *
7353 * The callback has the form:
7354 * @code
7355 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7356 * @endcode
7357 */
7358 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7359
7360 /**
7361 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7362 */
7363 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7364
7365 /**
7366 * List of valid skin names
7367 *
7368 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7369 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7370 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7371 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7372 */
7373 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7374
7375 /**
7376 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7377 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7378 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7379 * SpecialPage.
7380 */
7381 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7382
7383 /**
7384 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7385 */
7386 $wgAutoloadClasses = $wgAutoloadClasses ?? [];
7387
7388 /**
7389 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7390 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7391 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7392 */
7393 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7394
7395 /**
7396 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7397 *
7398 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7399 *
7400 * @code
7401 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7402 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7403 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7404 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7405 * 'author' => [
7406 * 'Foo Barstein',
7407 * ],
7408 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7409 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7410 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7411 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7412 * ];
7413 * @endcode
7414 *
7415 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7416 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7417 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7418 * interpreted as wikitext.
7419 *
7420 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7421 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7422 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7423 *
7424 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7425 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7426 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7427 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7428 *
7429 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7430 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7431 * usually are.)
7432 *
7433 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7434 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7435 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7436 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7437 *
7438 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7439 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7440 *
7441 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7442 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7443 *
7444 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7445 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7446 */
7447 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7448
7449 /**
7450 * Global list of hooks.
7451 *
7452 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7453 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7454 * internally by Hook:run().
7455 *
7456 * The value can be one of:
7457 *
7458 * - A function name:
7459 * @code
7460 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7461 * @endcode
7462 * - A function with some data:
7463 * @code
7464 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7465 * @endcode
7466 * - A an object method:
7467 * @code
7468 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7469 * @endcode
7470 * - A closure:
7471 * @code
7472 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7473 * // Handler code goes here.
7474 * };
7475 * @endcode
7476 *
7477 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7478 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7479 *
7480 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7481 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7482 */
7483 $wgHooks = [];
7484
7485 /**
7486 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7487 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7488 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7489 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7490 * hook for that.
7491 *
7492 * @see MediaWikiServices
7493 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7494 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7495 */
7496 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7497 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7498 ];
7499
7500 /**
7501 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7502 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7503 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7504 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7505 * The callback takes (Title, array map of parameters) as arguments.
7506 */
7507 $wgJobClasses = [
7508 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
7509 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7510 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7511 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7512 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7513 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7514 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7515 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7516 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7517 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7518 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7519 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7520 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7521 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7522 'categoryMembershipChange' => function ( Title $title, $params = [] ) {
7523 $pc = MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getParserCache();
7524 return new CategoryMembershipChangeJob( $pc, $title, $params );
7525 },
7526 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7527 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7528 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7529 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7530 'userOptionsUpdate' => UserOptionsUpdateJob::class,
7531 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7532 'null' => NullJob::class,
7533 ];
7534
7535 /**
7536 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7537 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7538 *
7539 * These can be:
7540 * - Very long-running jobs.
7541 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7542 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7543 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7544 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7545 */
7546 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7547
7548 /**
7549 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7550 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7551 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7552 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7553 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7554 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7555 * @var float[]
7556 */
7557 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7558
7559 /**
7560 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7561 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7562 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7563 *
7564 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7565 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7566 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7567 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7568 *
7569 * @var float|bool
7570 * @since 1.26
7571 */
7572 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7573
7574 /**
7575 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7576 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7577 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7578 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7579 */
7580 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7581 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7582 ];
7583
7584 /**
7585 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7586 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7587 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7588 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7589 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7590 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7591 * that limit is hit.
7592 *
7593 * @since 1.29
7594 */
7595 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7596
7597 /**
7598 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7599 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7600 */
7601 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7602 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7603 ];
7604
7605 /**
7606 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7607 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7608 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7609 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7610 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7611 */
7612 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7613 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7614 ];
7615
7616 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7617
7618 /*************************************************************************//**
7619 * @name Categories
7620 * @{
7621 */
7622
7623 /**
7624 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7625 */
7626 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7627
7628 /**
7629 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7630 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7631 */
7632 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7633
7634 /**
7635 * Paging limit for categories
7636 */
7637 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7638
7639 /**
7640 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7641 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7642 *
7643 * Available values are:
7644 *
7645 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7646 *
7647 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7648 *
7649 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7650 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7651 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7652 *
7653 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7654 * installed. See https://www.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7655 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7656 * server.
7657 *
7658 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7659 * the sort keys in the database.
7660 *
7661 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7662 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7663 */
7664 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7665
7666 /** @} */ # End categories }
7667
7668 /*************************************************************************//**
7669 * @name Logging
7670 * @{
7671 */
7672
7673 /**
7674 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7675 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7676 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7677 * log type.
7678 *
7679 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7680 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7681 */
7682 $wgLogTypes = [
7683 '',
7684 'block',
7685 'protect',
7686 'rights',
7687 'delete',
7688 'upload',
7689 'move',
7690 'import',
7691 'patrol',
7692 'merge',
7693 'suppress',
7694 'tag',
7695 'managetags',
7696 'contentmodel',
7697 ];
7698
7699 /**
7700 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7701 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7702 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7703 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7704 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7705 */
7706 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7707 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7708 ];
7709
7710 /**
7711 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7712 *
7713 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7714 *
7715 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7716 *
7717 * @par Example:
7718 * @code
7719 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7720 * @endcode
7721 *
7722 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7723 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7724 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7725 *
7726 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7727 * used for the link text.
7728 */
7729 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7730 'patrol' => true,
7731 'tag' => true,
7732 ];
7733
7734 /**
7735 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7736 * will be listed in the user interface.
7737 *
7738 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7739 *
7740 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7741 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7742 */
7743 $wgLogNames = [
7744 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7745 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7746 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7747 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7748 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7749 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7750 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7751 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7752 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7753 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7754 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7755 ];
7756
7757 /**
7758 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7759 * top of each log type.
7760 *
7761 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7762 *
7763 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7764 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7765 */
7766 $wgLogHeaders = [
7767 '' => 'alllogstext',
7768 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7769 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7770 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7771 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7772 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7773 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7774 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7775 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7776 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7777 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7778 ];
7779
7780 /**
7781 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7782 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7783 *
7784 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7785 */
7786 $wgLogActions = [];
7787
7788 /**
7789 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7790 * not messages.
7791 * @see LogPage::actionText
7792 * @see LogFormatter
7793 */
7794 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7795 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7796 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7797 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7798 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7799 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7800 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7801 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7802 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7803 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7804 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7805 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7806 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7807 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7808 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7809 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7810 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7811 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7812 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7813 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7814 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7815 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7816 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7817 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7818 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7819 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7820 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7821 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7822 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7823 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7824 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7825 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7826 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7827 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7828 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7829 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7830 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7831 ];
7832
7833 /**
7834 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7835 *
7836 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7837 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7838 * Extensions may append to this array
7839 * @since 1.27
7840 */
7841 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7842 'block' => [
7843 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7844 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7845 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7846 ],
7847 'contentmodel' => [
7848 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7849 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7850 ],
7851 'delete' => [
7852 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7853 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7854 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7855 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7856 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7857 ],
7858 'import' => [
7859 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7860 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7861 ],
7862 'managetags' => [
7863 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7864 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7865 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7866 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7867 ],
7868 'move' => [
7869 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7870 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7871 ],
7872 'newusers' => [
7873 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7874 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7875 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7876 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7877 ],
7878 'protect' => [
7879 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7880 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7881 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7882 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7883 ],
7884 'rights' => [
7885 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7886 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7887 ],
7888 'suppress' => [
7889 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7890 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7891 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7892 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7893 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7894 ],
7895 'upload' => [
7896 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7897 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7898 'revert' => [ 'revert' ],
7899 ],
7900 ];
7901
7902 /**
7903 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7904 */
7905 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7906
7907 /**
7908 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7909 * @since 1.32
7910 */
7911 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7912
7913 /** @} */ # end logging }
7914
7915 /*************************************************************************//**
7916 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7917 * @{
7918 */
7919
7920 /**
7921 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7922 */
7923 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7924
7925 /**
7926 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7927 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7928 */
7929 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7930
7931 /**
7932 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7933 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7934 */
7935 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7936
7937 /**
7938 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7939 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7940 */
7941 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7942
7943 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7944
7945 /*************************************************************************//**
7946 * @name Actions
7947 * @{
7948 */
7949
7950 /**
7951 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7952 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7953 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7954 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7955 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7956 * instead of the default class.
7957 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7958 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7959 */
7960 $wgActions = [
7961 'credits' => true,
7962 'delete' => true,
7963 'edit' => true,
7964 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7965 'history' => true,
7966 'info' => true,
7967 'markpatrolled' => true,
7968 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
7969 'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
7970 'protect' => true,
7971 'purge' => true,
7972 'raw' => true,
7973 'render' => true,
7974 'revert' => true,
7975 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7976 'rollback' => true,
7977 'submit' => true,
7978 'unprotect' => true,
7979 'unwatch' => true,
7980 'view' => true,
7981 'watch' => true,
7982 ];
7983
7984 /** @} */ # end actions }
7985
7986 /*************************************************************************//**
7987 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7988 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7989 * @{
7990 */
7991
7992 /**
7993 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7994 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7995 * basis.
7996 */
7997 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7998
7999 /**
8000 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
8001 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
8002 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
8003 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8004 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8005 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8006 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8007 *
8008 * @par Example:
8009 * @code
8010 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8011 * @endcode
8012 */
8013 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8014
8015 /**
8016 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8017 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8018 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8019 *
8020 * @par Example:
8021 * @code
8022 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8023 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8024 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8025 * ];
8026 * @endcode
8027 *
8028 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8029 * forms:
8030 * @code
8031 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8032 * # Underscore, not space!
8033 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8034 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8035 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8036 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8037 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8038 * ];
8039 * @endcode
8040 */
8041 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8042
8043 /**
8044 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8045 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8046 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8047 *
8048 * @par Example:
8049 * @code
8050 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8051 * @endcode
8052 */
8053 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8054
8055 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8056
8057 /************************************************************************//**
8058 * @name AJAX, Action API and REST API
8059 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8060 * replaced by the Action API entry point, api.php. They are essentially
8061 * equivalent. Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8062 * @{
8063 */
8064
8065 /**
8066 *
8067 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8068 *
8069 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8070 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8071 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8072 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8073 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8074 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8075 * requiring POST.
8076 *
8077 * @since 1.21
8078 */
8079 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8080
8081 /**
8082 * API module extensions.
8083 *
8084 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8085 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8086 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8087 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8088 *
8089 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8090 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8091 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8092 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8093 * field.
8094 *
8095 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8096 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8097 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8098 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8099 *
8100 * Examples for registering API modules:
8101 *
8102 * @code
8103 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8104 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8105 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8106 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8107 * ];
8108 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8109 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8110 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8111 * ];
8112 * @endcode
8113 *
8114 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8115 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8116 */
8117 $wgAPIModules = [];
8118
8119 /**
8120 * API format module extensions.
8121 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8122 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8123 *
8124 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8125 */
8126 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8127
8128 /**
8129 * API Query meta module extensions.
8130 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8131 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8132 *
8133 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8134 */
8135 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8136
8137 /**
8138 * API Query prop module extensions.
8139 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8140 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8141 *
8142 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8143 */
8144 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8145
8146 /**
8147 * API Query list module extensions.
8148 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8149 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8150 *
8151 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8152 */
8153 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8154
8155 /**
8156 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8157 * The default value is generally fine
8158 */
8159 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8160
8161 /**
8162 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8163 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8164 */
8165 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8166
8167 /**
8168 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8169 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8170 */
8171 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8172
8173 /**
8174 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8175 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8176 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8177 */
8178 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8179
8180 /**
8181 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8182 * API request logging
8183 */
8184 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8185
8186 /**
8187 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8188 */
8189 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8190
8191 /**
8192 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8193 * API queries.
8194 */
8195 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8196 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8197 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8198 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8199 ];
8200
8201 /**
8202 * Enable AJAX framework
8203 *
8204 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8205 */
8206 $wgUseAjax = true;
8207
8208 /**
8209 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8210 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8211 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8212 */
8213 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8214
8215 /**
8216 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8217 */
8218 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8219
8220 /**
8221 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8222 */
8223 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8224
8225 /**
8226 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8227 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8228 */
8229 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8230
8231 /**
8232 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8233 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8234 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8235 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8236 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8237 *
8238 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8239 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8240 *
8241 * @par Example:
8242 * @code
8243 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8244 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8245 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8246 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8247 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8248 * ];
8249 * @endcode
8250 */
8251 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8252
8253 /**
8254 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8255 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8256 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8257 */
8258 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8259
8260 /**
8261 * Enable the experimental REST API.
8262 *
8263 * This will be removed once the REST API is stable and used by clients.
8264 */
8265 $wgEnableRestAPI = false;
8266
8267 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8268
8269 /************************************************************************//**
8270 * @name Shell and process control
8271 * @{
8272 */
8273
8274 /**
8275 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8276 */
8277 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8278
8279 /**
8280 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8281 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8282 */
8283 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8284
8285 /**
8286 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8287 */
8288 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8289
8290 /**
8291 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8292 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8293 */
8294 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8295
8296 /**
8297 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8298 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8299 *
8300 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8301 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8302 * them segfault or deadlock.
8303 *
8304 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8305 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8306 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8307 *
8308 * @par Example:
8309 * @code
8310 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8311 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8312 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8313 * @endcode
8314 *
8315 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8316 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8317 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8318 */
8319 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8320
8321 /**
8322 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8323 */
8324 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8325
8326 /**
8327 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8328 *
8329 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8330 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8331 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8332 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8333 *
8334 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8335 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8336 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8337 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8338 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8339 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8340 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8341 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8342 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8343 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8344 * decimal separator)
8345 *
8346 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8347 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8348 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8349 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8350 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8351 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8352 * displayed to the user.
8353 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8354 * date/time values.
8355 *
8356 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8357 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8358 * wikis.
8359 */
8360 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8361
8362 /**
8363 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8364 *
8365 * Supported options:
8366 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8367 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8368 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8369 *
8370 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8371 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8372 *
8373 * @since 1.31
8374 * @var string|bool
8375 */
8376 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8377
8378 /** @} */ # End shell }
8379
8380 /************************************************************************//**
8381 * @name HTTP client
8382 * @{
8383 */
8384
8385 /**
8386 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8387 * @var int
8388 */
8389 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8390
8391 /**
8392 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8393 * @since 1.29
8394 */
8395 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8396
8397 /**
8398 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8399 */
8400 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8401
8402 /**
8403 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8404 */
8405 $wgHTTPProxy = '';
8406
8407 /**
8408 * Local virtual hosts.
8409 *
8410 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8411 *
8412 * This affects the following:
8413 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8414 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8415 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8416 * the proxy if it is configured.
8417 *
8418 * @since 1.25
8419 */
8420 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8421
8422 /**
8423 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8424 * Only works for curl
8425 */
8426 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8427
8428 /**
8429 * Whether to respect/honour the request ID provided by the incoming request
8430 * via the `X-Request-Id` header. Set to `true` if the entity sitting in front
8431 * of Mediawiki sanitises external requests. Default: `false`.
8432 */
8433 $wgAllowExternalReqID = false;
8434
8435 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8436
8437 /************************************************************************//**
8438 * @name Job queue
8439 * @{
8440 */
8441
8442 /**
8443 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8444 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8445 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8446 * be run periodically.
8447 */
8448 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8449
8450 /**
8451 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8452 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8453 * execution finishes.
8454 *
8455 * @since 1.23
8456 */
8457 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8458
8459 /**
8460 * Number of rows to update per job
8461 */
8462 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8463
8464 /**
8465 * Number of rows to update per query
8466 */
8467 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8468
8469 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8470
8471 /************************************************************************//**
8472 * @name Miscellaneous
8473 * @{
8474 */
8475
8476 /**
8477 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8478 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8479 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8480 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8481 */
8482 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8483
8484 /**
8485 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8486 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8487 * Supported values:
8488 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8489 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8490 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8491 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8492 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8493 *
8494 * @since 1.30
8495 * @deprecated since 1.34
8496 */
8497 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8498
8499 /**
8500 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8501 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8502 *
8503 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8504 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8505 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8506 */
8507 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8508
8509 /**
8510 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8511 * For debugging
8512 */
8513 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8514
8515 /**
8516 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8517 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8518 */
8519 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8520
8521 /**
8522 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8523 */
8524 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8525
8526 /**
8527 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8528 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8529 */
8530 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8531
8532 /**
8533 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8534 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8535 */
8536 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8537
8538 /**
8539 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8540 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8541 *
8542 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8543 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8544 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8545 * parameters.
8546 *
8547 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8548 * @code
8549 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8550 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8551 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8552 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8553 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8554 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8555 * 'redisConfig' => []
8556 * ] ];
8557 * @endcode
8558 *
8559 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8560 * @code
8561 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8562 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8563 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8564 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8565 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8566 * ... any extension-specific options...
8567 * ] ];
8568 * @endcode
8569 */
8570 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8571
8572 /**
8573 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8574 */
8575 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8576
8577 /**
8578 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8579 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8580 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8581 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8582 *
8583 * @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general,
8584 * use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler().
8585 *
8586 * @since 1.21
8587 */
8588 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8589
8590 /**
8591 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8592 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8593 *
8594 * * 'ignore': return null
8595 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8596 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8597 *
8598 * @since 1.21
8599 */
8600 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8601
8602 /**
8603 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8604 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8605 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8606 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8607 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8608 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8609 *
8610 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8611 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8612 *
8613 * @since 1.21
8614 */
8615 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8616
8617 /**
8618 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8619 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8620 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8621 *
8622 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8623 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8624 *
8625 * @since 1.21
8626 */
8627 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8628 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8629 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8630 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8631 ];
8632
8633 /**
8634 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8635 *
8636 * @since 1.20
8637 */
8638 $wgSiteTypes = [
8639 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8640 ];
8641
8642 /**
8643 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8644 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8645 * @since 1.23
8646 */
8647 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8648
8649 /**
8650 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8651 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8652 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8653 *
8654 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8655 *
8656 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8657 *
8658 * @since 1.24
8659 */
8660 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8661
8662 /**
8663 * Secret for session storage.
8664 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8665 * be used.
8666 * @since 1.27
8667 */
8668 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8669
8670 /**
8671 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8672 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8673 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8674 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8675 * @since 1.27
8676 */
8677 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8678
8679 /**
8680 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8681 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8682 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8683 * be used.
8684 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8685 * @since 1.24
8686 */
8687 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8688
8689 /**
8690 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8691 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8692 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8693 * @since 1.24
8694 */
8695 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8696
8697 /**
8698 * Enable page language feature
8699 * Allows setting page language in database
8700 * @var bool
8701 * @since 1.24
8702 */
8703 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8704
8705 /**
8706 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8707 *
8708 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8709 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8710 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8711 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8712 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8713 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8714 *
8715 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8716 *
8717 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8718 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8719 * 'options' => [
8720 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8721 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8722 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8723 * ]
8724 * ];
8725 *
8726 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8727 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8728 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8729 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8730 *
8731 * Example config for Parsoid:
8732 *
8733 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8734 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8735 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8736 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8737 * ];
8738 *
8739 * @var array
8740 * @since 1.25
8741 */
8742 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8743 'paths' => [],
8744 'modules' => [],
8745 'global' => [
8746 # Timeout in seconds
8747 'timeout' => 360,
8748 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8749 'forwardCookies' => false,
8750 'HTTPProxy' => null
8751 ]
8752 ];
8753
8754 /**
8755 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8756 * these suggestions.
8757 *
8758 * @var bool
8759 * @since 1.26
8760 */
8761 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8762
8763 /**
8764 * Where popular password file is located.
8765 *
8766 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8767 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8768 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8769 *
8770 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8771 * @since 1.27
8772 * @deprecated since 1.33
8773 * @var string path to file
8774 */
8775 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8776
8777 /*
8778 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8779 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8780 *
8781 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8782 * @since 1.27
8783 */
8784 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8785
8786 /*
8787 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8788 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8789 *
8790 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8791 * @since 1.30
8792 */
8793 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8794
8795 /**
8796 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8797 *
8798 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8799 * @since 1.32
8800 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8801 * If an array, can have parameters:
8802 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8803 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8804 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8805 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8806 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8807 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8808 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8809 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8810 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8811 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8812 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8813 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8814 */
8815 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8816
8817 /**
8818 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8819 *
8820 * @since 1.32
8821 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8822 */
8823 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8824
8825 /**
8826 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8827 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8828 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8829 *
8830 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8831 *
8832 * @since 1.32
8833 * @var string[]
8834 */
8835 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8836 'copyright',
8837 'history_copyright',
8838 'googlesearch',
8839 'feedback-terms',
8840 'feedback-termsofuse',
8841 ];
8842
8843 /**
8844 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8845 *
8846 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8847 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8848 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8849 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8850 * can run on each CDN cache node and perform local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8851 *
8852 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8853 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8854 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8855 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8856 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8857 *
8858 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8859 *
8860 * @since 1.27
8861 */
8862 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8863 'default' => [
8864 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8865 ]
8866 ];
8867
8868 /**
8869 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8870 *
8871 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8872 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8873 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8874 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8875 *
8876 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8877 *
8878 * @var bool
8879 * @since 1.28
8880 */
8881 $wgPingback = false;
8882
8883 /**
8884 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8885 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8886 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8887 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8888 *
8889 * @since 1.28
8890 */
8891 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8892 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8893 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8894 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8895 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8896 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8897 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8898 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8899 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8900 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8901 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8902 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8903 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8904 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true,
8905 'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true,
8906 'chrome-extension' => true,
8907 ];
8908
8909 /**
8910 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8911 * at Special:Contributions.
8912 *
8913 * @var array
8914 * @since 1.30
8915 */
8916 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8917 'IPv4' => 16,
8918 'IPv6' => 32,
8919 ];
8920
8921 /**
8922 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8923 *
8924 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8925 *
8926 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8927 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8928 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8929 *
8930 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8931 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8932 */
8933 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8934 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8935 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8936 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8937
8938 /**
8939 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8940 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8941 *
8942 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8943 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8944 *
8945 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8946 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8947 *
8948 * @par Example:
8949 * @code
8950 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8951 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8952 * ];
8953 * @endcode
8954 */
8955 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8956
8957 /**
8958 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8959 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8960 *
8961 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8962 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8963 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8964 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8965 *
8966 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8967 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8968 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8969 *
8970 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8971 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8972 *
8973 * @since 1.32
8974 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8975 */
8976 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
8977
8978 /**
8979 * The schema to use per default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control
8980 * explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format.
8981 */
8982 $wgXmlDumpSchemaVersion = XML_DUMP_SCHEMA_VERSION_10;
8983
8984 /**
8985 * Actor table schema migration stage.
8986 *
8987 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8988 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8989 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8990 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8991 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
8992 *
8993 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported
8994 * in 1.32, but was (with significant query performance issues) in 1.31.
8995 *
8996 * @since 1.31
8997 * @since 1.32 changed allowed flags
8998 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8999 */
9000 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW;
9001
9002 /**
9003 * Flag to enable Partial Blocks. This allows an admin to prevent a user from editing specific pages
9004 * or namespaces.
9005 *
9006 * @since 1.33
9007 * @deprecated 1.33
9008 * @var bool
9009 */
9010 $wgEnablePartialBlocks = false;
9011
9012 /**
9013 * Origin Trials tokens.
9014 *
9015 * @since 1.33
9016 * @var array
9017 */
9018 $wgOriginTrials = [];
9019
9020 /**
9021 * Enable client-side Priority Hints.
9022 *
9023 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9024 *
9025 * @since 1.33
9026 * @var bool
9027 */
9028 $wgPriorityHints = false;
9029
9030 /**
9031 * Ratio of requests that should get Priority Hints when the feature is enabled.
9032 *
9033 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9034 *
9035 * @since 1.34
9036 * @var float
9037 */
9038 $wgPriorityHintsRatio = 1.0;
9039
9040 /**
9041 * Enable Element Timing.
9042 *
9043 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9044 *
9045 * @since 1.33
9046 * @var bool
9047 */
9048 $wgElementTiming = false;
9049
9050 /**
9051 * Expiry of the endpoint definition for the Reporting API.
9052 *
9053 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9054 *
9055 * @since 1.34
9056 * @var int
9057 */
9058 $wgReportToExpiry = 86400;
9059
9060 /**
9061 * List of endpoints for the Reporting API.
9062 *
9063 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9064 *
9065 * @since 1.34
9066 * @var array
9067 */
9068 $wgReportToEndpoints = [];
9069
9070 /**
9071 * List of Feature Policy Reporting types to enable.
9072 * Each entry is turned into a Feature-Policy-Report-Only header.
9073 *
9074 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9075 *
9076 * @since 1.34
9077 * @var array
9078 */
9079 $wgFeaturePolicyReportOnly = [];
9080
9081 /**
9082 * Options for Special:Search completion widget form created by SearchFormWidget class.
9083 * Settings that can be used:
9084 * - showDescriptions: true/false - whether to show opensearch description results
9085 * - performSearchOnClick: true/false - whether to perform search on click
9086 * See also TitleWidget.js UI widget.
9087 * @since 1.34
9088 * @var array
9089 */
9090 $wgSpecialSearchFormOptions = [];
9091
9092 /**
9093 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9094 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9095 * @}
9096 */